LCOV - differential code coverage report
Current view: top level - src/backend/storage/lmgr - lock.c (source / functions) Coverage Total Hit UNC UBC GBC GNC CBC DUB DCB
Current: c70b6db34ffeab48beef1fb4ce61bcad3772b8dd vs 06473f5a344df8c9594ead90a609b86f6724cff8 Lines: 88.7 % 1387 1230 2 155 4 24 1202 2 10
Current Date: 2025-09-06 07:49:51 +0900 Functions: 96.8 % 62 60 1 1 1 8 51 1 4
Baseline: lcov-20250906-005545-baseline Branches: 60.4 % 1276 771 505 1 770
Baseline Date: 2025-09-05 08:21:35 +0100 Line coverage date bins:
Legend: Lines:     hit not hit
Branches: + taken - not taken # not executed
(7,30] days: 100.0 % 16 16 16
(30,360] days: 85.7 % 119 102 2 15 8 94
(360..) days: 88.8 % 1252 1112 140 4 1108
Function coverage date bins:
(7,30] days: 100.0 % 1 1 1
(30,360] days: 87.5 % 8 7 1 5 2
(360..) days: 98.1 % 53 52 1 1 2 49
Branch coverage date bins:
(30,360] days: 69.8 % 106 74 32 74
(360..) days: 59.6 % 1170 697 473 1 696

 Age         Owner                    Branch data    TLA  Line data    Source code
                                  1                 :                : /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  2                 :                :  *
                                  3                 :                :  * lock.c
                                  4                 :                :  *    POSTGRES primary lock mechanism
                                  5                 :                :  *
                                  6                 :                :  * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2025, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
                                  7                 :                :  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
                                  8                 :                :  *
                                  9                 :                :  *
                                 10                 :                :  * IDENTIFICATION
                                 11                 :                :  *    src/backend/storage/lmgr/lock.c
                                 12                 :                :  *
                                 13                 :                :  * NOTES
                                 14                 :                :  *    A lock table is a shared memory hash table.  When
                                 15                 :                :  *    a process tries to acquire a lock of a type that conflicts
                                 16                 :                :  *    with existing locks, it is put to sleep using the routines
                                 17                 :                :  *    in storage/lmgr/proc.c.
                                 18                 :                :  *
                                 19                 :                :  *    For the most part, this code should be invoked via lmgr.c
                                 20                 :                :  *    or another lock-management module, not directly.
                                 21                 :                :  *
                                 22                 :                :  *  Interface:
                                 23                 :                :  *
                                 24                 :                :  *  LockManagerShmemInit(), GetLocksMethodTable(), GetLockTagsMethodTable(),
                                 25                 :                :  *  LockAcquire(), LockRelease(), LockReleaseAll(),
                                 26                 :                :  *  LockCheckConflicts(), GrantLock()
                                 27                 :                :  *
                                 28                 :                :  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 29                 :                :  */
                                 30                 :                : #include "postgres.h"
                                 31                 :                : 
                                 32                 :                : #include <signal.h>
                                 33                 :                : #include <unistd.h>
                                 34                 :                : 
                                 35                 :                : #include "access/transam.h"
                                 36                 :                : #include "access/twophase.h"
                                 37                 :                : #include "access/twophase_rmgr.h"
                                 38                 :                : #include "access/xlog.h"
                                 39                 :                : #include "access/xlogutils.h"
                                 40                 :                : #include "miscadmin.h"
                                 41                 :                : #include "pg_trace.h"
                                 42                 :                : #include "storage/lmgr.h"
                                 43                 :                : #include "storage/proc.h"
                                 44                 :                : #include "storage/procarray.h"
                                 45                 :                : #include "storage/spin.h"
                                 46                 :                : #include "storage/standby.h"
                                 47                 :                : #include "utils/memutils.h"
                                 48                 :                : #include "utils/ps_status.h"
                                 49                 :                : #include "utils/resowner.h"
                                 50                 :                : 
                                 51                 :                : 
                                 52                 :                : /* GUC variables */
                                 53                 :                : int         max_locks_per_xact; /* used to set the lock table size */
                                 54                 :                : bool        log_lock_failures = false;
                                 55                 :                : 
                                 56                 :                : #define NLOCKENTS() \
                                 57                 :                :     mul_size(max_locks_per_xact, add_size(MaxBackends, max_prepared_xacts))
                                 58                 :                : 
                                 59                 :                : 
                                 60                 :                : /*
                                 61                 :                :  * Data structures defining the semantics of the standard lock methods.
                                 62                 :                :  *
                                 63                 :                :  * The conflict table defines the semantics of the various lock modes.
                                 64                 :                :  */
                                 65                 :                : static const LOCKMASK LockConflicts[] = {
                                 66                 :                :     0,
                                 67                 :                : 
                                 68                 :                :     /* AccessShareLock */
                                 69                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(AccessExclusiveLock),
                                 70                 :                : 
                                 71                 :                :     /* RowShareLock */
                                 72                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(ExclusiveLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(AccessExclusiveLock),
                                 73                 :                : 
                                 74                 :                :     /* RowExclusiveLock */
                                 75                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(ShareLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(ShareRowExclusiveLock) |
                                 76                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(ExclusiveLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(AccessExclusiveLock),
                                 77                 :                : 
                                 78                 :                :     /* ShareUpdateExclusiveLock */
                                 79                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(ShareUpdateExclusiveLock) |
                                 80                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(ShareLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(ShareRowExclusiveLock) |
                                 81                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(ExclusiveLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(AccessExclusiveLock),
                                 82                 :                : 
                                 83                 :                :     /* ShareLock */
                                 84                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(RowExclusiveLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(ShareUpdateExclusiveLock) |
                                 85                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(ShareRowExclusiveLock) |
                                 86                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(ExclusiveLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(AccessExclusiveLock),
                                 87                 :                : 
                                 88                 :                :     /* ShareRowExclusiveLock */
                                 89                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(RowExclusiveLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(ShareUpdateExclusiveLock) |
                                 90                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(ShareLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(ShareRowExclusiveLock) |
                                 91                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(ExclusiveLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(AccessExclusiveLock),
                                 92                 :                : 
                                 93                 :                :     /* ExclusiveLock */
                                 94                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(RowShareLock) |
                                 95                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(RowExclusiveLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(ShareUpdateExclusiveLock) |
                                 96                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(ShareLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(ShareRowExclusiveLock) |
                                 97                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(ExclusiveLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(AccessExclusiveLock),
                                 98                 :                : 
                                 99                 :                :     /* AccessExclusiveLock */
                                100                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(AccessShareLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(RowShareLock) |
                                101                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(RowExclusiveLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(ShareUpdateExclusiveLock) |
                                102                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(ShareLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(ShareRowExclusiveLock) |
                                103                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(ExclusiveLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(AccessExclusiveLock)
                                104                 :                : 
                                105                 :                : };
                                106                 :                : 
                                107                 :                : /* Names of lock modes, for debug printouts */
                                108                 :                : static const char *const lock_mode_names[] =
                                109                 :                : {
                                110                 :                :     "INVALID",
                                111                 :                :     "AccessShareLock",
                                112                 :                :     "RowShareLock",
                                113                 :                :     "RowExclusiveLock",
                                114                 :                :     "ShareUpdateExclusiveLock",
                                115                 :                :     "ShareLock",
                                116                 :                :     "ShareRowExclusiveLock",
                                117                 :                :     "ExclusiveLock",
                                118                 :                :     "AccessExclusiveLock"
                                119                 :                : };
                                120                 :                : 
                                121                 :                : #ifndef LOCK_DEBUG
                                122                 :                : static bool Dummy_trace = false;
                                123                 :                : #endif
                                124                 :                : 
                                125                 :                : static const LockMethodData default_lockmethod = {
                                126                 :                :     MaxLockMode,
                                127                 :                :     LockConflicts,
                                128                 :                :     lock_mode_names,
                                129                 :                : #ifdef LOCK_DEBUG
                                130                 :                :     &Trace_locks
                                131                 :                : #else
                                132                 :                :     &Dummy_trace
                                133                 :                : #endif
                                134                 :                : };
                                135                 :                : 
                                136                 :                : static const LockMethodData user_lockmethod = {
                                137                 :                :     MaxLockMode,
                                138                 :                :     LockConflicts,
                                139                 :                :     lock_mode_names,
                                140                 :                : #ifdef LOCK_DEBUG
                                141                 :                :     &Trace_userlocks
                                142                 :                : #else
                                143                 :                :     &Dummy_trace
                                144                 :                : #endif
                                145                 :                : };
                                146                 :                : 
                                147                 :                : /*
                                148                 :                :  * map from lock method id to the lock table data structures
                                149                 :                :  */
                                150                 :                : static const LockMethod LockMethods[] = {
                                151                 :                :     NULL,
                                152                 :                :     &default_lockmethod,
                                153                 :                :     &user_lockmethod
                                154                 :                : };
                                155                 :                : 
                                156                 :                : 
                                157                 :                : /* Record that's written to 2PC state file when a lock is persisted */
                                158                 :                : typedef struct TwoPhaseLockRecord
                                159                 :                : {
                                160                 :                :     LOCKTAG     locktag;
                                161                 :                :     LOCKMODE    lockmode;
                                162                 :                : } TwoPhaseLockRecord;
                                163                 :                : 
                                164                 :                : 
                                165                 :                : /*
                                166                 :                :  * Count of the number of fast path lock slots we believe to be used.  This
                                167                 :                :  * might be higher than the real number if another backend has transferred
                                168                 :                :  * our locks to the primary lock table, but it can never be lower than the
                                169                 :                :  * real value, since only we can acquire locks on our own behalf.
                                170                 :                :  *
                                171                 :                :  * XXX Allocate a static array of the maximum size. We could use a pointer
                                172                 :                :  * and then allocate just the right size to save a couple kB, but then we
                                173                 :                :  * would have to initialize that, while for the static array that happens
                                174                 :                :  * automatically. Doesn't seem worth the extra complexity.
                                175                 :                :  */
                                176                 :                : static int  FastPathLocalUseCounts[FP_LOCK_GROUPS_PER_BACKEND_MAX];
                                177                 :                : 
                                178                 :                : /*
                                179                 :                :  * Flag to indicate if the relation extension lock is held by this backend.
                                180                 :                :  * This flag is used to ensure that while holding the relation extension lock
                                181                 :                :  * we don't try to acquire a heavyweight lock on any other object.  This
                                182                 :                :  * restriction implies that the relation extension lock won't ever participate
                                183                 :                :  * in the deadlock cycle because we can never wait for any other heavyweight
                                184                 :                :  * lock after acquiring this lock.
                                185                 :                :  *
                                186                 :                :  * Such a restriction is okay for relation extension locks as unlike other
                                187                 :                :  * heavyweight locks these are not held till the transaction end.  These are
                                188                 :                :  * taken for a short duration to extend a particular relation and then
                                189                 :                :  * released.
                                190                 :                :  */
                                191                 :                : static bool IsRelationExtensionLockHeld PG_USED_FOR_ASSERTS_ONLY = false;
                                192                 :                : 
                                193                 :                : /*
                                194                 :                :  * Number of fast-path locks per backend - size of the arrays in PGPROC.
                                195                 :                :  * This is set only once during start, before initializing shared memory,
                                196                 :                :  * and remains constant after that.
                                197                 :                :  *
                                198                 :                :  * We set the limit based on max_locks_per_transaction GUC, because that's
                                199                 :                :  * the best information about expected number of locks per backend we have.
                                200                 :                :  * See InitializeFastPathLocks() for details.
                                201                 :                :  */
                                202                 :                : int         FastPathLockGroupsPerBackend = 0;
                                203                 :                : 
                                204                 :                : /*
                                205                 :                :  * Macros to calculate the fast-path group and index for a relation.
                                206                 :                :  *
                                207                 :                :  * The formula is a simple hash function, designed to spread the OIDs a bit,
                                208                 :                :  * so that even contiguous values end up in different groups. In most cases
                                209                 :                :  * there will be gaps anyway, but the multiplication should help a bit.
                                210                 :                :  *
                                211                 :                :  * The selected constant (49157) is a prime not too close to 2^k, and it's
                                212                 :                :  * small enough to not cause overflows (in 64-bit).
                                213                 :                :  *
                                214                 :                :  * We can assume that FastPathLockGroupsPerBackend is a power-of-two per
                                215                 :                :  * InitializeFastPathLocks().
                                216                 :                :  */
                                217                 :                : #define FAST_PATH_REL_GROUP(rel) \
                                218                 :                :     (((uint64) (rel) * 49157) & (FastPathLockGroupsPerBackend - 1))
                                219                 :                : 
                                220                 :                : /*
                                221                 :                :  * Given the group/slot indexes, calculate the slot index in the whole array
                                222                 :                :  * of fast-path lock slots.
                                223                 :                :  */
                                224                 :                : #define FAST_PATH_SLOT(group, index) \
                                225                 :                :     (AssertMacro((uint32) (group) < FastPathLockGroupsPerBackend), \
                                226                 :                :      AssertMacro((uint32) (index) < FP_LOCK_SLOTS_PER_GROUP), \
                                227                 :                :      ((group) * FP_LOCK_SLOTS_PER_GROUP + (index)))
                                228                 :                : 
                                229                 :                : /*
                                230                 :                :  * Given a slot index (into the whole per-backend array), calculated using
                                231                 :                :  * the FAST_PATH_SLOT macro, split it into group and index (in the group).
                                232                 :                :  */
                                233                 :                : #define FAST_PATH_GROUP(index)  \
                                234                 :                :     (AssertMacro((uint32) (index) < FastPathLockSlotsPerBackend()), \
                                235                 :                :      ((index) / FP_LOCK_SLOTS_PER_GROUP))
                                236                 :                : #define FAST_PATH_INDEX(index)  \
                                237                 :                :     (AssertMacro((uint32) (index) < FastPathLockSlotsPerBackend()), \
                                238                 :                :      ((index) % FP_LOCK_SLOTS_PER_GROUP))
                                239                 :                : 
                                240                 :                : /* Macros for manipulating proc->fpLockBits */
                                241                 :                : #define FAST_PATH_BITS_PER_SLOT         3
                                242                 :                : #define FAST_PATH_LOCKNUMBER_OFFSET     1
                                243                 :                : #define FAST_PATH_MASK                  ((1 << FAST_PATH_BITS_PER_SLOT) - 1)
                                244                 :                : #define FAST_PATH_BITS(proc, n)         (proc)->fpLockBits[FAST_PATH_GROUP(n)]
                                245                 :                : #define FAST_PATH_GET_BITS(proc, n) \
                                246                 :                :     ((FAST_PATH_BITS(proc, n) >> (FAST_PATH_BITS_PER_SLOT * FAST_PATH_INDEX(n))) & FAST_PATH_MASK)
                                247                 :                : #define FAST_PATH_BIT_POSITION(n, l) \
                                248                 :                :     (AssertMacro((l) >= FAST_PATH_LOCKNUMBER_OFFSET), \
                                249                 :                :      AssertMacro((l) < FAST_PATH_BITS_PER_SLOT+FAST_PATH_LOCKNUMBER_OFFSET), \
                                250                 :                :      AssertMacro((n) < FastPathLockSlotsPerBackend()), \
                                251                 :                :      ((l) - FAST_PATH_LOCKNUMBER_OFFSET + FAST_PATH_BITS_PER_SLOT * (FAST_PATH_INDEX(n))))
                                252                 :                : #define FAST_PATH_SET_LOCKMODE(proc, n, l) \
                                253                 :                :      FAST_PATH_BITS(proc, n) |= UINT64CONST(1) << FAST_PATH_BIT_POSITION(n, l)
                                254                 :                : #define FAST_PATH_CLEAR_LOCKMODE(proc, n, l) \
                                255                 :                :      FAST_PATH_BITS(proc, n) &= ~(UINT64CONST(1) << FAST_PATH_BIT_POSITION(n, l))
                                256                 :                : #define FAST_PATH_CHECK_LOCKMODE(proc, n, l) \
                                257                 :                :      (FAST_PATH_BITS(proc, n) & (UINT64CONST(1) << FAST_PATH_BIT_POSITION(n, l)))
                                258                 :                : 
                                259                 :                : /*
                                260                 :                :  * The fast-path lock mechanism is concerned only with relation locks on
                                261                 :                :  * unshared relations by backends bound to a database.  The fast-path
                                262                 :                :  * mechanism exists mostly to accelerate acquisition and release of locks
                                263                 :                :  * that rarely conflict.  Because ShareUpdateExclusiveLock is
                                264                 :                :  * self-conflicting, it can't use the fast-path mechanism; but it also does
                                265                 :                :  * not conflict with any of the locks that do, so we can ignore it completely.
                                266                 :                :  */
                                267                 :                : #define EligibleForRelationFastPath(locktag, mode) \
                                268                 :                :     ((locktag)->locktag_lockmethodid == DEFAULT_LOCKMETHOD && \
                                269                 :                :     (locktag)->locktag_type == LOCKTAG_RELATION && \
                                270                 :                :     (locktag)->locktag_field1 == MyDatabaseId && \
                                271                 :                :     MyDatabaseId != InvalidOid && \
                                272                 :                :     (mode) < ShareUpdateExclusiveLock)
                                273                 :                : #define ConflictsWithRelationFastPath(locktag, mode) \
                                274                 :                :     ((locktag)->locktag_lockmethodid == DEFAULT_LOCKMETHOD && \
                                275                 :                :     (locktag)->locktag_type == LOCKTAG_RELATION && \
                                276                 :                :     (locktag)->locktag_field1 != InvalidOid && \
                                277                 :                :     (mode) > ShareUpdateExclusiveLock)
                                278                 :                : 
                                279                 :                : static bool FastPathGrantRelationLock(Oid relid, LOCKMODE lockmode);
                                280                 :                : static bool FastPathUnGrantRelationLock(Oid relid, LOCKMODE lockmode);
                                281                 :                : static bool FastPathTransferRelationLocks(LockMethod lockMethodTable,
                                282                 :                :                                           const LOCKTAG *locktag, uint32 hashcode);
                                283                 :                : static PROCLOCK *FastPathGetRelationLockEntry(LOCALLOCK *locallock);
                                284                 :                : 
                                285                 :                : /*
                                286                 :                :  * To make the fast-path lock mechanism work, we must have some way of
                                287                 :                :  * preventing the use of the fast-path when a conflicting lock might be present.
                                288                 :                :  * We partition* the locktag space into FAST_PATH_STRONG_LOCK_HASH_PARTITIONS,
                                289                 :                :  * and maintain an integer count of the number of "strong" lockers
                                290                 :                :  * in each partition.  When any "strong" lockers are present (which is
                                291                 :                :  * hopefully not very often), the fast-path mechanism can't be used, and we
                                292                 :                :  * must fall back to the slower method of pushing matching locks directly
                                293                 :                :  * into the main lock tables.
                                294                 :                :  *
                                295                 :                :  * The deadlock detector does not know anything about the fast path mechanism,
                                296                 :                :  * so any locks that might be involved in a deadlock must be transferred from
                                297                 :                :  * the fast-path queues to the main lock table.
                                298                 :                :  */
                                299                 :                : 
                                300                 :                : #define FAST_PATH_STRONG_LOCK_HASH_BITS         10
                                301                 :                : #define FAST_PATH_STRONG_LOCK_HASH_PARTITIONS \
                                302                 :                :     (1 << FAST_PATH_STRONG_LOCK_HASH_BITS)
                                303                 :                : #define FastPathStrongLockHashPartition(hashcode) \
                                304                 :                :     ((hashcode) % FAST_PATH_STRONG_LOCK_HASH_PARTITIONS)
                                305                 :                : 
                                306                 :                : typedef struct
                                307                 :                : {
                                308                 :                :     slock_t     mutex;
                                309                 :                :     uint32      count[FAST_PATH_STRONG_LOCK_HASH_PARTITIONS];
                                310                 :                : } FastPathStrongRelationLockData;
                                311                 :                : 
                                312                 :                : static volatile FastPathStrongRelationLockData *FastPathStrongRelationLocks;
                                313                 :                : 
                                314                 :                : 
                                315                 :                : /*
                                316                 :                :  * Pointers to hash tables containing lock state
                                317                 :                :  *
                                318                 :                :  * The LockMethodLockHash and LockMethodProcLockHash hash tables are in
                                319                 :                :  * shared memory; LockMethodLocalHash is local to each backend.
                                320                 :                :  */
                                321                 :                : static HTAB *LockMethodLockHash;
                                322                 :                : static HTAB *LockMethodProcLockHash;
                                323                 :                : static HTAB *LockMethodLocalHash;
                                324                 :                : 
                                325                 :                : 
                                326                 :                : /* private state for error cleanup */
                                327                 :                : static LOCALLOCK *StrongLockInProgress;
                                328                 :                : static LOCALLOCK *awaitedLock;
                                329                 :                : static ResourceOwner awaitedOwner;
                                330                 :                : 
                                331                 :                : 
                                332                 :                : #ifdef LOCK_DEBUG
                                333                 :                : 
                                334                 :                : /*------
                                335                 :                :  * The following configuration options are available for lock debugging:
                                336                 :                :  *
                                337                 :                :  *     TRACE_LOCKS      -- give a bunch of output what's going on in this file
                                338                 :                :  *     TRACE_USERLOCKS  -- same but for user locks
                                339                 :                :  *     TRACE_LOCK_OIDMIN-- do not trace locks for tables below this oid
                                340                 :                :  *                         (use to avoid output on system tables)
                                341                 :                :  *     TRACE_LOCK_TABLE -- trace locks on this table (oid) unconditionally
                                342                 :                :  *     DEBUG_DEADLOCKS  -- currently dumps locks at untimely occasions ;)
                                343                 :                :  *
                                344                 :                :  * Furthermore, but in storage/lmgr/lwlock.c:
                                345                 :                :  *     TRACE_LWLOCKS    -- trace lightweight locks (pretty useless)
                                346                 :                :  *
                                347                 :                :  * Define LOCK_DEBUG at compile time to get all these enabled.
                                348                 :                :  * --------
                                349                 :                :  */
                                350                 :                : 
                                351                 :                : int         Trace_lock_oidmin = FirstNormalObjectId;
                                352                 :                : bool        Trace_locks = false;
                                353                 :                : bool        Trace_userlocks = false;
                                354                 :                : int         Trace_lock_table = 0;
                                355                 :                : bool        Debug_deadlocks = false;
                                356                 :                : 
                                357                 :                : 
                                358                 :                : inline static bool
                                359                 :                : LOCK_DEBUG_ENABLED(const LOCKTAG *tag)
                                360                 :                : {
                                361                 :                :     return
                                362                 :                :         (*(LockMethods[tag->locktag_lockmethodid]->trace_flag) &&
                                363                 :                :          ((Oid) tag->locktag_field2 >= (Oid) Trace_lock_oidmin))
                                364                 :                :         || (Trace_lock_table &&
                                365                 :                :             (tag->locktag_field2 == Trace_lock_table));
                                366                 :                : }
                                367                 :                : 
                                368                 :                : 
                                369                 :                : inline static void
                                370                 :                : LOCK_PRINT(const char *where, const LOCK *lock, LOCKMODE type)
                                371                 :                : {
                                372                 :                :     if (LOCK_DEBUG_ENABLED(&lock->tag))
                                373                 :                :         elog(LOG,
                                374                 :                :              "%s: lock(%p) id(%u,%u,%u,%u,%u,%u) grantMask(%x) "
                                375                 :                :              "req(%d,%d,%d,%d,%d,%d,%d)=%d "
                                376                 :                :              "grant(%d,%d,%d,%d,%d,%d,%d)=%d wait(%d) type(%s)",
                                377                 :                :              where, lock,
                                378                 :                :              lock->tag.locktag_field1, lock->tag.locktag_field2,
                                379                 :                :              lock->tag.locktag_field3, lock->tag.locktag_field4,
                                380                 :                :              lock->tag.locktag_type, lock->tag.locktag_lockmethodid,
                                381                 :                :              lock->grantMask,
                                382                 :                :              lock->requested[1], lock->requested[2], lock->requested[3],
                                383                 :                :              lock->requested[4], lock->requested[5], lock->requested[6],
                                384                 :                :              lock->requested[7], lock->nRequested,
                                385                 :                :              lock->granted[1], lock->granted[2], lock->granted[3],
                                386                 :                :              lock->granted[4], lock->granted[5], lock->granted[6],
                                387                 :                :              lock->granted[7], lock->nGranted,
                                388                 :                :              dclist_count(&lock->waitProcs),
                                389                 :                :              LockMethods[LOCK_LOCKMETHOD(*lock)]->lockModeNames[type]);
                                390                 :                : }
                                391                 :                : 
                                392                 :                : 
                                393                 :                : inline static void
                                394                 :                : PROCLOCK_PRINT(const char *where, const PROCLOCK *proclockP)
                                395                 :                : {
                                396                 :                :     if (LOCK_DEBUG_ENABLED(&proclockP->tag.myLock->tag))
                                397                 :                :         elog(LOG,
                                398                 :                :              "%s: proclock(%p) lock(%p) method(%u) proc(%p) hold(%x)",
                                399                 :                :              where, proclockP, proclockP->tag.myLock,
                                400                 :                :              PROCLOCK_LOCKMETHOD(*(proclockP)),
                                401                 :                :              proclockP->tag.myProc, (int) proclockP->holdMask);
                                402                 :                : }
                                403                 :                : #else                           /* not LOCK_DEBUG */
                                404                 :                : 
                                405                 :                : #define LOCK_PRINT(where, lock, type)  ((void) 0)
                                406                 :                : #define PROCLOCK_PRINT(where, proclockP)  ((void) 0)
                                407                 :                : #endif                          /* not LOCK_DEBUG */
                                408                 :                : 
                                409                 :                : 
                                410                 :                : static uint32 proclock_hash(const void *key, Size keysize);
                                411                 :                : static void RemoveLocalLock(LOCALLOCK *locallock);
                                412                 :                : static PROCLOCK *SetupLockInTable(LockMethod lockMethodTable, PGPROC *proc,
                                413                 :                :                                   const LOCKTAG *locktag, uint32 hashcode, LOCKMODE lockmode);
                                414                 :                : static void GrantLockLocal(LOCALLOCK *locallock, ResourceOwner owner);
                                415                 :                : static void BeginStrongLockAcquire(LOCALLOCK *locallock, uint32 fasthashcode);
                                416                 :                : static void FinishStrongLockAcquire(void);
                                417                 :                : static ProcWaitStatus WaitOnLock(LOCALLOCK *locallock, ResourceOwner owner);
                                418                 :                : static void waitonlock_error_callback(void *arg);
                                419                 :                : static void ReleaseLockIfHeld(LOCALLOCK *locallock, bool sessionLock);
                                420                 :                : static void LockReassignOwner(LOCALLOCK *locallock, ResourceOwner parent);
                                421                 :                : static bool UnGrantLock(LOCK *lock, LOCKMODE lockmode,
                                422                 :                :                         PROCLOCK *proclock, LockMethod lockMethodTable);
                                423                 :                : static void CleanUpLock(LOCK *lock, PROCLOCK *proclock,
                                424                 :                :                         LockMethod lockMethodTable, uint32 hashcode,
                                425                 :                :                         bool wakeupNeeded);
                                426                 :                : static void LockRefindAndRelease(LockMethod lockMethodTable, PGPROC *proc,
                                427                 :                :                                  LOCKTAG *locktag, LOCKMODE lockmode,
                                428                 :                :                                  bool decrement_strong_lock_count);
                                429                 :                : static void GetSingleProcBlockerStatusData(PGPROC *blocked_proc,
                                430                 :                :                                            BlockedProcsData *data);
                                431                 :                : 
                                432                 :                : 
                                433                 :                : /*
                                434                 :                :  * Initialize the lock manager's shmem data structures.
                                435                 :                :  *
                                436                 :                :  * This is called from CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores(), which see for more
                                437                 :                :  * comments.  In the normal postmaster case, the shared hash tables are
                                438                 :                :  * created here, and backends inherit pointers to them via fork().  In the
                                439                 :                :  * EXEC_BACKEND case, each backend re-executes this code to obtain pointers to
                                440                 :                :  * the already existing shared hash tables.  In either case, each backend must
                                441                 :                :  * also call InitLockManagerAccess() to create the locallock hash table.
                                442                 :                :  */
                                443                 :                : void
  373 heikki.linnakangas@i      444                 :CBC        1029 : LockManagerShmemInit(void)
                                445                 :                : {
                                446                 :                :     HASHCTL     info;
                                447                 :                :     int64       init_table_size,
                                448                 :                :                 max_table_size;
                                449                 :                :     bool        found;
                                450                 :                : 
                                451                 :                :     /*
                                452                 :                :      * Compute init/max size to request for lock hashtables.  Note these
                                453                 :                :      * calculations must agree with LockManagerShmemSize!
                                454                 :                :      */
 7386 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         455                 :           1029 :     max_table_size = NLOCKENTS();
 7648                           456                 :           1029 :     init_table_size = max_table_size / 2;
                                457                 :                : 
                                458                 :                :     /*
                                459                 :                :      * Allocate hash table for LOCK structs.  This stores per-locked-object
                                460                 :                :      * information.
                                461                 :                :      */
 8741                           462                 :           1029 :     info.keysize = sizeof(LOCKTAG);
                                463                 :           1029 :     info.entrysize = sizeof(LOCK);
 6985                           464                 :           1029 :     info.num_partitions = NUM_LOCK_PARTITIONS;
                                465                 :                : 
                                466                 :           1029 :     LockMethodLockHash = ShmemInitHash("LOCK hash",
                                467                 :                :                                        init_table_size,
                                468                 :                :                                        max_table_size,
                                469                 :                :                                        &info,
                                470                 :                :                                        HASH_ELEM | HASH_BLOBS | HASH_PARTITION);
                                471                 :                : 
                                472                 :                :     /* Assume an average of 2 holders per lock */
 7209                           473                 :           1029 :     max_table_size *= 2;
                                474                 :           1029 :     init_table_size *= 2;
                                475                 :                : 
                                476                 :                :     /*
                                477                 :                :      * Allocate hash table for PROCLOCK structs.  This stores
                                478                 :                :      * per-lock-per-holder information.
                                479                 :                :      */
 8450 bruce@momjian.us          480                 :           1029 :     info.keysize = sizeof(PROCLOCKTAG);
                                481                 :           1029 :     info.entrysize = sizeof(PROCLOCK);
 6985 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         482                 :           1029 :     info.hash = proclock_hash;
                                483                 :           1029 :     info.num_partitions = NUM_LOCK_PARTITIONS;
                                484                 :                : 
                                485                 :           1029 :     LockMethodProcLockHash = ShmemInitHash("PROCLOCK hash",
                                486                 :                :                                            init_table_size,
                                487                 :                :                                            max_table_size,
                                488                 :                :                                            &info,
                                489                 :                :                                            HASH_ELEM | HASH_FUNCTION | HASH_PARTITION);
                                490                 :                : 
                                491                 :                :     /*
                                492                 :                :      * Allocate fast-path structures.
                                493                 :                :      */
 5163 rhaas@postgresql.org      494                 :           1029 :     FastPathStrongRelationLocks =
                                495                 :           1029 :         ShmemInitStruct("Fast Path Strong Relation Lock Data",
                                496                 :                :                         sizeof(FastPathStrongRelationLockData), &found);
 5215                           497         [ +  - ]:           1029 :     if (!found)
 5163                           498                 :           1029 :         SpinLockInit(&FastPathStrongRelationLocks->mutex);
  373 heikki.linnakangas@i      499                 :           1029 : }
                                500                 :                : 
                                501                 :                : /*
                                502                 :                :  * Initialize the lock manager's backend-private data structures.
                                503                 :                :  */
                                504                 :                : void
                                505                 :          18766 : InitLockManagerAccess(void)
                                506                 :                : {
                                507                 :                :     /*
                                508                 :                :      * Allocate non-shared hash table for LOCALLOCK structs.  This stores lock
                                509                 :                :      * counts and resource owner information.
                                510                 :                :      */
                                511                 :                :     HASHCTL     info;
                                512                 :                : 
 7680 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         513                 :          18766 :     info.keysize = sizeof(LOCALLOCKTAG);
                                514                 :          18766 :     info.entrysize = sizeof(LOCALLOCK);
                                515                 :                : 
 7211                           516                 :          18766 :     LockMethodLocalHash = hash_create("LOCALLOCK hash",
                                517                 :                :                                       16,
                                518                 :                :                                       &info,
                                519                 :                :                                       HASH_ELEM | HASH_BLOBS);
10651 scrappy@hub.org           520                 :          18766 : }
                                521                 :                : 
                                522                 :                : 
                                523                 :                : /*
                                524                 :                :  * Fetch the lock method table associated with a given lock
                                525                 :                :  */
                                526                 :                : LockMethod
 7211 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         527                 :            103 : GetLocksMethodTable(const LOCK *lock)
                                528                 :                : {
                                529                 :            103 :     LOCKMETHODID lockmethodid = LOCK_LOCKMETHOD(*lock);
                                530                 :                : 
                                531   [ +  -  -  + ]:            103 :     Assert(0 < lockmethodid && lockmethodid < lengthof(LockMethods));
                                532                 :            103 :     return LockMethods[lockmethodid];
                                533                 :                : }
                                534                 :                : 
                                535                 :                : /*
                                536                 :                :  * Fetch the lock method table associated with a given locktag
                                537                 :                :  */
                                538                 :                : LockMethod
 3484                           539                 :           1135 : GetLockTagsMethodTable(const LOCKTAG *locktag)
                                540                 :                : {
                                541                 :           1135 :     LOCKMETHODID lockmethodid = (LOCKMETHODID) locktag->locktag_lockmethodid;
                                542                 :                : 
                                543   [ +  -  -  + ]:           1135 :     Assert(0 < lockmethodid && lockmethodid < lengthof(LockMethods));
                                544                 :           1135 :     return LockMethods[lockmethodid];
                                545                 :                : }
                                546                 :                : 
                                547                 :                : 
                                548                 :                : /*
                                549                 :                :  * Compute the hash code associated with a LOCKTAG.
                                550                 :                :  *
                                551                 :                :  * To avoid unnecessary recomputations of the hash code, we try to do this
                                552                 :                :  * just once per function, and then pass it around as needed.  Aside from
                                553                 :                :  * passing the hashcode to hash_search_with_hash_value(), we can extract
                                554                 :                :  * the lock partition number from the hashcode.
                                555                 :                :  */
                                556                 :                : uint32
 6985                           557                 :       17197138 : LockTagHashCode(const LOCKTAG *locktag)
                                558                 :                : {
  274 peter@eisentraut.org      559                 :       17197138 :     return get_hash_value(LockMethodLockHash, locktag);
                                560                 :                : }
                                561                 :                : 
                                562                 :                : /*
                                563                 :                :  * Compute the hash code associated with a PROCLOCKTAG.
                                564                 :                :  *
                                565                 :                :  * Because we want to use just one set of partition locks for both the
                                566                 :                :  * LOCK and PROCLOCK hash tables, we have to make sure that PROCLOCKs
                                567                 :                :  * fall into the same partition number as their associated LOCKs.
                                568                 :                :  * dynahash.c expects the partition number to be the low-order bits of
                                569                 :                :  * the hash code, and therefore a PROCLOCKTAG's hash code must have the
                                570                 :                :  * same low-order bits as the associated LOCKTAG's hash code.  We achieve
                                571                 :                :  * this with this specialized hash function.
                                572                 :                :  */
                                573                 :                : static uint32
 6985 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         574                 :            653 : proclock_hash(const void *key, Size keysize)
                                575                 :                : {
                                576                 :            653 :     const PROCLOCKTAG *proclocktag = (const PROCLOCKTAG *) key;
                                577                 :                :     uint32      lockhash;
                                578                 :                :     Datum       procptr;
                                579                 :                : 
                                580         [ -  + ]:            653 :     Assert(keysize == sizeof(PROCLOCKTAG));
                                581                 :                : 
                                582                 :                :     /* Look into the associated LOCK object, and compute its hash code */
                                583                 :            653 :     lockhash = LockTagHashCode(&proclocktag->myLock->tag);
                                584                 :                : 
                                585                 :                :     /*
                                586                 :                :      * To make the hash code also depend on the PGPROC, we xor the proc
                                587                 :                :      * struct's address into the hash code, left-shifted so that the
                                588                 :                :      * partition-number bits don't change.  Since this is only a hash, we
                                589                 :                :      * don't care if we lose high-order bits of the address; use an
                                590                 :                :      * intermediate variable to suppress cast-pointer-to-int warnings.
                                591                 :                :      */
                                592                 :            653 :     procptr = PointerGetDatum(proclocktag->myProc);
   29 peter@eisentraut.org      593                 :GNC         653 :     lockhash ^= DatumGetUInt32(procptr) << LOG2_NUM_LOCK_PARTITIONS;
                                594                 :                : 
 6985 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         595                 :CBC         653 :     return lockhash;
                                596                 :                : }
                                597                 :                : 
                                598                 :                : /*
                                599                 :                :  * Compute the hash code associated with a PROCLOCKTAG, given the hashcode
                                600                 :                :  * for its underlying LOCK.
                                601                 :                :  *
                                602                 :                :  * We use this just to avoid redundant calls of LockTagHashCode().
                                603                 :                :  */
                                604                 :                : static inline uint32
                                605                 :        4061573 : ProcLockHashCode(const PROCLOCKTAG *proclocktag, uint32 hashcode)
                                606                 :                : {
 6912 bruce@momjian.us          607                 :        4061573 :     uint32      lockhash = hashcode;
                                608                 :                :     Datum       procptr;
                                609                 :                : 
                                610                 :                :     /*
                                611                 :                :      * This must match proclock_hash()!
                                612                 :                :      */
 6985 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         613                 :        4061573 :     procptr = PointerGetDatum(proclocktag->myProc);
   29 peter@eisentraut.org      614                 :GNC     4061573 :     lockhash ^= DatumGetUInt32(procptr) << LOG2_NUM_LOCK_PARTITIONS;
                                615                 :                : 
 6985 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         616                 :CBC     4061573 :     return lockhash;
                                617                 :                : }
                                618                 :                : 
                                619                 :                : /*
                                620                 :                :  * Given two lock modes, return whether they would conflict.
                                621                 :                :  */
                                622                 :                : bool
 4609 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.      623                 :         143683 : DoLockModesConflict(LOCKMODE mode1, LOCKMODE mode2)
                                624                 :                : {
                                625                 :         143683 :     LockMethod  lockMethodTable = LockMethods[DEFAULT_LOCKMETHOD];
                                626                 :                : 
                                627         [ +  + ]:         143683 :     if (lockMethodTable->conflictTab[mode1] & LOCKBIT_ON(mode2))
                                628                 :         143581 :         return true;
                                629                 :                : 
                                630                 :            102 :     return false;
                                631                 :                : }
                                632                 :                : 
                                633                 :                : /*
                                634                 :                :  * LockHeldByMe -- test whether lock 'locktag' is held by the current
                                635                 :                :  *      transaction
                                636                 :                :  *
                                637                 :                :  * Returns true if current transaction holds a lock on 'tag' of mode
                                638                 :                :  * 'lockmode'.  If 'orstronger' is true, a stronger lockmode is also OK.
                                639                 :                :  * ("Stronger" is defined as "numerically higher", which is a bit
                                640                 :                :  * semantically dubious but is OK for the purposes we use this for.)
                                641                 :                :  */
                                642                 :                : bool
  436 noah@leadboat.com         643                 :        4604339 : LockHeldByMe(const LOCKTAG *locktag,
                                644                 :                :              LOCKMODE lockmode, bool orstronger)
                                645                 :                : {
                                646                 :                :     LOCALLOCKTAG localtag;
                                647                 :                :     LOCALLOCK  *locallock;
                                648                 :                : 
                                649                 :                :     /*
                                650                 :                :      * See if there is a LOCALLOCK entry for this lock and lockmode
                                651                 :                :      */
 2532 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         652   [ +  -  -  +  :        4604339 :     MemSet(&localtag, 0, sizeof(localtag)); /* must clear padding */
                                     -  -  -  -  -  
                                                 - ]
                                653                 :        4604339 :     localtag.lock = *locktag;
                                654                 :        4604339 :     localtag.mode = lockmode;
                                655                 :                : 
                                656                 :        4604339 :     locallock = (LOCALLOCK *) hash_search(LockMethodLocalHash,
                                657                 :                :                                           &localtag,
                                658                 :                :                                           HASH_FIND, NULL);
                                659                 :                : 
  436 noah@leadboat.com         660   [ +  +  +  - ]:        4604339 :     if (locallock && locallock->nLocks > 0)
                                661                 :        2334515 :         return true;
                                662                 :                : 
                                663         [ +  + ]:        2269824 :     if (orstronger)
                                664                 :                :     {
                                665                 :                :         LOCKMODE    slockmode;
                                666                 :                : 
                                667                 :         754775 :         for (slockmode = lockmode + 1;
                                668         [ +  - ]:        2196597 :              slockmode <= MaxLockMode;
                                669                 :        1441822 :              slockmode++)
                                670                 :                :         {
                                671         [ +  + ]:        2196597 :             if (LockHeldByMe(locktag, slockmode, false))
                                672                 :         754775 :                 return true;
                                673                 :                :         }
                                674                 :                :     }
                                675                 :                : 
                                676                 :        1515049 :     return false;
                                677                 :                : }
                                678                 :                : 
                                679                 :                : #ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
                                680                 :                : /*
                                681                 :                :  * GetLockMethodLocalHash -- return the hash of local locks, for modules that
                                682                 :                :  *      evaluate assertions based on all locks held.
                                683                 :                :  */
                                684                 :                : HTAB *
 1981                           685                 :           6054 : GetLockMethodLocalHash(void)
                                686                 :                : {
                                687                 :           6054 :     return LockMethodLocalHash;
                                688                 :                : }
                                689                 :                : #endif
                                690                 :                : 
                                691                 :                : /*
                                692                 :                :  * LockHasWaiters -- look up 'locktag' and check if releasing this
                                693                 :                :  *      lock would wake up other processes waiting for it.
                                694                 :                :  */
                                695                 :                : bool
 4652 kgrittn@postgresql.o      696                 :UBC           0 : LockHasWaiters(const LOCKTAG *locktag, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool sessionLock)
                                697                 :                : {
                                698                 :              0 :     LOCKMETHODID lockmethodid = locktag->locktag_lockmethodid;
                                699                 :                :     LockMethod  lockMethodTable;
                                700                 :                :     LOCALLOCKTAG localtag;
                                701                 :                :     LOCALLOCK  *locallock;
                                702                 :                :     LOCK       *lock;
                                703                 :                :     PROCLOCK   *proclock;
                                704                 :                :     LWLock     *partitionLock;
                                705                 :              0 :     bool        hasWaiters = false;
                                706                 :                : 
                                707   [ #  #  #  # ]:              0 :     if (lockmethodid <= 0 || lockmethodid >= lengthof(LockMethods))
                                708         [ #  # ]:              0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized lock method: %d", lockmethodid);
                                709                 :              0 :     lockMethodTable = LockMethods[lockmethodid];
                                710   [ #  #  #  # ]:              0 :     if (lockmode <= 0 || lockmode > lockMethodTable->numLockModes)
                                711         [ #  # ]:              0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized lock mode: %d", lockmode);
                                712                 :                : 
                                713                 :                : #ifdef LOCK_DEBUG
                                714                 :                :     if (LOCK_DEBUG_ENABLED(locktag))
                                715                 :                :         elog(LOG, "LockHasWaiters: lock [%u,%u] %s",
                                716                 :                :              locktag->locktag_field1, locktag->locktag_field2,
                                717                 :                :              lockMethodTable->lockModeNames[lockmode]);
                                718                 :                : #endif
                                719                 :                : 
                                720                 :                :     /*
                                721                 :                :      * Find the LOCALLOCK entry for this lock and lockmode
                                722                 :                :      */
 2999 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         723   [ #  #  #  #  :              0 :     MemSet(&localtag, 0, sizeof(localtag)); /* must clear padding */
                                     #  #  #  #  #  
                                                 # ]
 4652 kgrittn@postgresql.o      724                 :              0 :     localtag.lock = *locktag;
                                725                 :              0 :     localtag.mode = lockmode;
                                726                 :                : 
                                727                 :              0 :     locallock = (LOCALLOCK *) hash_search(LockMethodLocalHash,
                                728                 :                :                                           &localtag,
                                729                 :                :                                           HASH_FIND, NULL);
                                730                 :                : 
                                731                 :                :     /*
                                732                 :                :      * let the caller print its own error message, too. Do not ereport(ERROR).
                                733                 :                :      */
                                734   [ #  #  #  # ]:              0 :     if (!locallock || locallock->nLocks <= 0)
                                735                 :                :     {
                                736         [ #  # ]:              0 :         elog(WARNING, "you don't own a lock of type %s",
                                737                 :                :              lockMethodTable->lockModeNames[lockmode]);
                                738                 :              0 :         return false;
                                739                 :                :     }
                                740                 :                : 
                                741                 :                :     /*
                                742                 :                :      * Check the shared lock table.
                                743                 :                :      */
                                744                 :              0 :     partitionLock = LockHashPartitionLock(locallock->hashcode);
                                745                 :                : 
                                746                 :              0 :     LWLockAcquire(partitionLock, LW_SHARED);
                                747                 :                : 
                                748                 :                :     /*
                                749                 :                :      * We don't need to re-find the lock or proclock, since we kept their
                                750                 :                :      * addresses in the locallock table, and they couldn't have been removed
                                751                 :                :      * while we were holding a lock on them.
                                752                 :                :      */
                                753                 :              0 :     lock = locallock->lock;
                                754                 :                :     LOCK_PRINT("LockHasWaiters: found", lock, lockmode);
                                755                 :              0 :     proclock = locallock->proclock;
                                756                 :                :     PROCLOCK_PRINT("LockHasWaiters: found", proclock);
                                757                 :                : 
                                758                 :                :     /*
                                759                 :                :      * Double-check that we are actually holding a lock of the type we want to
                                760                 :                :      * release.
                                761                 :                :      */
                                762         [ #  # ]:              0 :     if (!(proclock->holdMask & LOCKBIT_ON(lockmode)))
                                763                 :                :     {
                                764                 :                :         PROCLOCK_PRINT("LockHasWaiters: WRONGTYPE", proclock);
                                765                 :              0 :         LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                                766         [ #  # ]:              0 :         elog(WARNING, "you don't own a lock of type %s",
                                767                 :                :              lockMethodTable->lockModeNames[lockmode]);
                                768                 :              0 :         RemoveLocalLock(locallock);
                                769                 :              0 :         return false;
                                770                 :                :     }
                                771                 :                : 
                                772                 :                :     /*
                                773                 :                :      * Do the checking.
                                774                 :                :      */
                                775         [ #  # ]:              0 :     if ((lockMethodTable->conflictTab[lockmode] & lock->waitMask) != 0)
                                776                 :              0 :         hasWaiters = true;
                                777                 :                : 
                                778                 :              0 :     LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                                779                 :                : 
                                780                 :              0 :     return hasWaiters;
                                781                 :                : }
                                782                 :                : 
                                783                 :                : /*
                                784                 :                :  * LockAcquire -- Check for lock conflicts, sleep if conflict found,
                                785                 :                :  *      set lock if/when no conflicts.
                                786                 :                :  *
                                787                 :                :  * Inputs:
                                788                 :                :  *  locktag: unique identifier for the lockable object
                                789                 :                :  *  lockmode: lock mode to acquire
                                790                 :                :  *  sessionLock: if true, acquire lock for session not current transaction
                                791                 :                :  *  dontWait: if true, don't wait to acquire lock
                                792                 :                :  *
                                793                 :                :  * Returns one of:
                                794                 :                :  *      LOCKACQUIRE_NOT_AVAIL       lock not available, and dontWait=true
                                795                 :                :  *      LOCKACQUIRE_OK              lock successfully acquired
                                796                 :                :  *      LOCKACQUIRE_ALREADY_HELD    incremented count for lock already held
                                797                 :                :  *      LOCKACQUIRE_ALREADY_CLEAR   incremented count for lock already clear
                                798                 :                :  *
                                799                 :                :  * In the normal case where dontWait=false and the caller doesn't need to
                                800                 :                :  * distinguish a freshly acquired lock from one already taken earlier in
                                801                 :                :  * this same transaction, there is no need to examine the return value.
                                802                 :                :  *
                                803                 :                :  * Side Effects: The lock is acquired and recorded in lock tables.
                                804                 :                :  *
                                805                 :                :  * NOTE: if we wait for the lock, there is no way to abort the wait
                                806                 :                :  * short of aborting the transaction.
                                807                 :                :  */
                                808                 :                : LockAcquireResult
 7211 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         809                 :CBC      664742 : LockAcquire(const LOCKTAG *locktag,
                                810                 :                :             LOCKMODE lockmode,
                                811                 :                :             bool sessionLock,
                                812                 :                :             bool dontWait)
                                813                 :                : {
 2556                           814                 :         664742 :     return LockAcquireExtended(locktag, lockmode, sessionLock, dontWait,
                                815                 :                :                                true, NULL, false);
                                816                 :                : }
                                817                 :                : 
                                818                 :                : /*
                                819                 :                :  * LockAcquireExtended - allows us to specify additional options
                                820                 :                :  *
                                821                 :                :  * reportMemoryError specifies whether a lock request that fills the lock
                                822                 :                :  * table should generate an ERROR or not.  Passing "false" allows the caller
                                823                 :                :  * to attempt to recover from lock-table-full situations, perhaps by forcibly
                                824                 :                :  * canceling other lock holders and then retrying.  Note, however, that the
                                825                 :                :  * return code for that is LOCKACQUIRE_NOT_AVAIL, so that it's unsafe to use
                                826                 :                :  * in combination with dontWait = true, as the cause of failure couldn't be
                                827                 :                :  * distinguished.
                                828                 :                :  *
                                829                 :                :  * If locallockp isn't NULL, *locallockp receives a pointer to the LOCALLOCK
                                830                 :                :  * table entry if a lock is successfully acquired, or NULL if not.
                                831                 :                :  *
                                832                 :                :  * logLockFailure indicates whether to log details when a lock acquisition
                                833                 :                :  * fails with dontWait = true.
                                834                 :                :  */
                                835                 :                : LockAcquireResult
 5740 simon@2ndQuadrant.co      836                 :       18623643 : LockAcquireExtended(const LOCKTAG *locktag,
                                837                 :                :                     LOCKMODE lockmode,
                                838                 :                :                     bool sessionLock,
                                839                 :                :                     bool dontWait,
                                840                 :                :                     bool reportMemoryError,
                                841                 :                :                     LOCALLOCK **locallockp,
                                842                 :                :                     bool logLockFailure)
                                843                 :                : {
 7211 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         844                 :       18623643 :     LOCKMETHODID lockmethodid = locktag->locktag_lockmethodid;
                                845                 :                :     LockMethod  lockMethodTable;
                                846                 :                :     LOCALLOCKTAG localtag;
                                847                 :                :     LOCALLOCK  *locallock;
                                848                 :                :     LOCK       *lock;
                                849                 :                :     PROCLOCK   *proclock;
                                850                 :                :     bool        found;
                                851                 :                :     ResourceOwner owner;
                                852                 :                :     uint32      hashcode;
                                853                 :                :     LWLock     *partitionLock;
                                854                 :                :     bool        found_conflict;
                                855                 :                :     ProcWaitStatus waitResult;
 5395 simon@2ndQuadrant.co      856                 :       18623643 :     bool        log_lock = false;
                                857                 :                : 
 7211 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         858   [ +  -  -  + ]:       18623643 :     if (lockmethodid <= 0 || lockmethodid >= lengthof(LockMethods))
 7211 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         859         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized lock method: %d", lockmethodid);
 7211 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         860                 :CBC    18623643 :     lockMethodTable = LockMethods[lockmethodid];
                                861   [ +  -  -  + ]:       18623643 :     if (lockmode <= 0 || lockmode > lockMethodTable->numLockModes)
 7211 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         862         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized lock mode: %d", lockmode);
                                863                 :                : 
 5740 simon@2ndQuadrant.co      864   [ +  +  +  + ]:CBC    18623643 :     if (RecoveryInProgress() && !InRecovery &&
                                865         [ +  + ]:         233650 :         (locktag->locktag_type == LOCKTAG_OBJECT ||
 5671 bruce@momjian.us          866   [ +  -  -  + ]:         233650 :          locktag->locktag_type == LOCKTAG_RELATION) &&
                                867                 :                :         lockmode > RowExclusiveLock)
 5740 simon@2ndQuadrant.co      868         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                                869                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                                870                 :                :                  errmsg("cannot acquire lock mode %s on database objects while recovery is in progress",
                                871                 :                :                         lockMethodTable->lockModeNames[lockmode]),
                                872                 :                :                  errhint("Only RowExclusiveLock or less can be acquired on database objects during recovery.")));
                                873                 :                : 
                                874                 :                : #ifdef LOCK_DEBUG
                                875                 :                :     if (LOCK_DEBUG_ENABLED(locktag))
                                876                 :                :         elog(LOG, "LockAcquire: lock [%u,%u] %s",
                                877                 :                :              locktag->locktag_field1, locktag->locktag_field2,
                                878                 :                :              lockMethodTable->lockModeNames[lockmode]);
                                879                 :                : #endif
                                880                 :                : 
                                881                 :                :     /* Identify owner for lock */
 4873 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         882         [ +  + ]:CBC    18623643 :     if (sessionLock)
 7680                           883                 :          39736 :         owner = NULL;
                                884                 :                :     else
 4873                           885                 :       18583907 :         owner = CurrentResourceOwner;
                                886                 :                : 
                                887                 :                :     /*
                                888                 :                :      * Find or create a LOCALLOCK entry for this lock and lockmode
                                889                 :                :      */
 2999                           890   [ +  -  -  +  :       18623643 :     MemSet(&localtag, 0, sizeof(localtag)); /* must clear padding */
                                     -  -  -  -  -  
                                                 - ]
 7680                           891                 :       18623643 :     localtag.lock = *locktag;
                                892                 :       18623643 :     localtag.mode = lockmode;
                                893                 :                : 
 7211                           894                 :       18623643 :     locallock = (LOCALLOCK *) hash_search(LockMethodLocalHash,
                                895                 :                :                                           &localtag,
                                896                 :                :                                           HASH_ENTER, &found);
                                897                 :                : 
                                898                 :                :     /*
                                899                 :                :      * if it's a new locallock object, initialize it
                                900                 :                :      */
 7680                           901         [ +  + ]:       18623643 :     if (!found)
                                902                 :                :     {
                                903                 :       16660984 :         locallock->lock = NULL;
                                904                 :       16660984 :         locallock->proclock = NULL;
 6985                           905                 :       16660984 :         locallock->hashcode = LockTagHashCode(&(localtag.lock));
 7680                           906                 :       16660984 :         locallock->nLocks = 0;
 2556                           907                 :       16660984 :         locallock->holdsStrongLockCount = false;
                                908                 :       16660984 :         locallock->lockCleared = false;
 7680                           909                 :       16660984 :         locallock->numLockOwners = 0;
                                910                 :       16660984 :         locallock->maxLockOwners = 8;
 3639                           911                 :       16660984 :         locallock->lockOwners = NULL;    /* in case next line fails */
 7680                           912                 :       16660984 :         locallock->lockOwners = (LOCALLOCKOWNER *)
                                913                 :       16660984 :             MemoryContextAlloc(TopMemoryContext,
 2999                           914                 :       16660984 :                                locallock->maxLockOwners * sizeof(LOCALLOCKOWNER));
                                915                 :                :     }
                                916                 :                :     else
                                917                 :                :     {
                                918                 :                :         /* Make sure there will be room to remember the lock */
 7680                           919         [ +  + ]:        1962659 :         if (locallock->numLockOwners >= locallock->maxLockOwners)
                                920                 :                :         {
 7678 bruce@momjian.us          921                 :             19 :             int         newsize = locallock->maxLockOwners * 2;
                                922                 :                : 
 7680 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         923                 :             19 :             locallock->lockOwners = (LOCALLOCKOWNER *)
                                924                 :             19 :                 repalloc(locallock->lockOwners,
                                925                 :                :                          newsize * sizeof(LOCALLOCKOWNER));
                                926                 :             19 :             locallock->maxLockOwners = newsize;
                                927                 :                :         }
                                928                 :                :     }
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org      929                 :       18623643 :     hashcode = locallock->hashcode;
                                930                 :                : 
 2556 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         931         [ +  + ]:       18623643 :     if (locallockp)
                                932                 :       17958815 :         *locallockp = locallock;
                                933                 :                : 
                                934                 :                :     /*
                                935                 :                :      * If we already hold the lock, we can just increase the count locally.
                                936                 :                :      *
                                937                 :                :      * If lockCleared is already set, caller need not worry about absorbing
                                938                 :                :      * sinval messages related to the lock's object.
                                939                 :                :      */
 7680                           940         [ +  + ]:       18623643 :     if (locallock->nLocks > 0)
                                941                 :                :     {
                                942                 :        1962659 :         GrantLockLocal(locallock, owner);
 2556                           943         [ +  + ]:        1962659 :         if (locallock->lockCleared)
                                944                 :        1889147 :             return LOCKACQUIRE_ALREADY_CLEAR;
                                945                 :                :         else
                                946                 :          73512 :             return LOCKACQUIRE_ALREADY_HELD;
                                947                 :                :     }
                                948                 :                : 
                                949                 :                :     /*
                                950                 :                :      * We don't acquire any other heavyweight lock while holding the relation
                                951                 :                :      * extension lock.  We do allow to acquire the same relation extension
                                952                 :                :      * lock more than once but that case won't reach here.
                                953                 :                :      */
 1998 akapila@postgresql.o      954         [ -  + ]:       16660984 :     Assert(!IsRelationExtensionLockHeld);
                                955                 :                : 
                                956                 :                :     /*
                                957                 :                :      * Prepare to emit a WAL record if acquisition of this lock needs to be
                                958                 :                :      * replayed in a standby server.
                                959                 :                :      *
                                960                 :                :      * Here we prepare to log; after lock is acquired we'll issue log record.
                                961                 :                :      * This arrangement simplifies error recovery in case the preparation step
                                962                 :                :      * fails.
                                963                 :                :      *
                                964                 :                :      * Only AccessExclusiveLocks can conflict with lock types that read-only
                                965                 :                :      * transactions can acquire in a standby server. Make sure this definition
                                966                 :                :      * matches the one in GetRunningTransactionLocks().
                                967                 :                :      */
 5395 simon@2ndQuadrant.co      968         [ +  + ]:       16660984 :     if (lockmode >= AccessExclusiveLock &&
                                969         [ +  + ]:         226108 :         locktag->locktag_type == LOCKTAG_RELATION &&
                                970         [ +  + ]:         152825 :         !RecoveryInProgress() &&
                                971         [ +  + ]:         128587 :         XLogStandbyInfoActive())
                                972                 :                :     {
                                973                 :          97449 :         LogAccessExclusiveLockPrepare();
                                974                 :          97449 :         log_lock = true;
                                975                 :                :     }
                                976                 :                : 
                                977                 :                :     /*
                                978                 :                :      * Attempt to take lock via fast path, if eligible.  But if we remember
                                979                 :                :      * having filled up the fast path array, we don't attempt to make any
                                980                 :                :      * further use of it until we release some locks.  It's possible that some
                                981                 :                :      * other backend has transferred some of those locks to the shared hash
                                982                 :                :      * table, leaving space free, but it's not worth acquiring the LWLock just
                                983                 :                :      * to check.  It's also possible that we're acquiring a second or third
                                984                 :                :      * lock type on a relation we have already locked using the fast-path, but
                                985                 :                :      * for now we don't worry about that case either.
                                986                 :                :      */
 4301 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         987   [ +  +  +  +  :       16660984 :     if (EligibleForRelationFastPath(locktag, lockmode) &&
                                     +  +  +  +  +  
                                                 + ]
  350 tomas.vondra@postgre      988         [ +  + ]:       15006435 :         FastPathLocalUseCounts[FAST_PATH_REL_GROUP(locktag->locktag_field2)] < FP_LOCK_SLOTS_PER_GROUP)
                                989                 :                :     {
 4836 bruce@momjian.us          990                 :       14820825 :         uint32      fasthashcode = FastPathStrongLockHashPartition(hashcode);
                                991                 :                :         bool        acquired;
                                992                 :                : 
                                993                 :                :         /*
                                994                 :                :          * LWLockAcquire acts as a memory sequencing point, so it's safe to
                                995                 :                :          * assume that any strong locker whose increment to
                                996                 :                :          * FastPathStrongRelationLocks->counts becomes visible after we test
                                997                 :                :          * it has yet to begin to transfer fast-path locks.
                                998                 :                :          */
 1940 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         999                 :       14820825 :         LWLockAcquire(&MyProc->fpInfoLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
 4847 rhaas@postgresql.org     1000         [ +  + ]:       14820825 :         if (FastPathStrongRelationLocks->count[fasthashcode] != 0)
                               1001                 :         338769 :             acquired = false;
                               1002                 :                :         else
                               1003                 :       14482056 :             acquired = FastPathGrantRelationLock(locktag->locktag_field2,
                               1004                 :                :                                                  lockmode);
 1940 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1005                 :       14820825 :         LWLockRelease(&MyProc->fpInfoLock);
 4847 rhaas@postgresql.org     1006         [ +  + ]:       14820825 :         if (acquired)
                               1007                 :                :         {
                               1008                 :                :             /*
                               1009                 :                :              * The locallock might contain stale pointers to some old shared
                               1010                 :                :              * objects; we MUST reset these to null before considering the
                               1011                 :                :              * lock to be acquired via fast-path.
                               1012                 :                :              */
 4301 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1013                 :       14482056 :             locallock->lock = NULL;
                               1014                 :       14482056 :             locallock->proclock = NULL;
 4847 rhaas@postgresql.org     1015                 :       14482056 :             GrantLockLocal(locallock, owner);
                               1016                 :       14482056 :             return LOCKACQUIRE_OK;
                               1017                 :                :         }
                               1018                 :                :     }
                               1019                 :                : 
                               1020                 :                :     /*
                               1021                 :                :      * If this lock could potentially have been taken via the fast-path by
                               1022                 :                :      * some other backend, we must (temporarily) disable further use of the
                               1023                 :                :      * fast-path for this lock tag, and migrate any locks already taken via
                               1024                 :                :      * this method to the main lock table.
                               1025                 :                :      */
                               1026   [ +  +  +  +  :        2178928 :     if (ConflictsWithRelationFastPath(locktag, lockmode))
                                        +  +  +  + ]
                               1027                 :                :     {
 4836 bruce@momjian.us         1028                 :         181674 :         uint32      fasthashcode = FastPathStrongLockHashPartition(hashcode);
                               1029                 :                : 
 4847 rhaas@postgresql.org     1030                 :         181674 :         BeginStrongLockAcquire(locallock, fasthashcode);
                               1031         [ -  + ]:         181674 :         if (!FastPathTransferRelationLocks(lockMethodTable, locktag,
                               1032                 :                :                                            hashcode))
                               1033                 :                :         {
 4847 rhaas@postgresql.org     1034                 :UBC           0 :             AbortStrongLockAcquire();
 2556 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1035         [ #  # ]:              0 :             if (locallock->nLocks == 0)
                               1036                 :              0 :                 RemoveLocalLock(locallock);
                               1037         [ #  # ]:              0 :             if (locallockp)
                               1038                 :              0 :                 *locallockp = NULL;
 4847 rhaas@postgresql.org     1039         [ #  # ]:              0 :             if (reportMemoryError)
                               1040         [ #  # ]:              0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
                               1041                 :                :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
                               1042                 :                :                          errmsg("out of shared memory"),
                               1043                 :                :                          errhint("You might need to increase \"%s\".", "max_locks_per_transaction")));
                               1044                 :                :             else
                               1045                 :              0 :                 return LOCKACQUIRE_NOT_AVAIL;
                               1046                 :                :         }
                               1047                 :                :     }
                               1048                 :                : 
                               1049                 :                :     /*
                               1050                 :                :      * We didn't find the lock in our LOCALLOCK table, and we didn't manage to
                               1051                 :                :      * take it via the fast-path, either, so we've got to mess with the shared
                               1052                 :                :      * lock table.
                               1053                 :                :      */
 6985 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1054                 :CBC     2178928 :     partitionLock = LockHashPartitionLock(hashcode);
                               1055                 :                : 
 7209                          1056                 :        2178928 :     LWLockAcquire(partitionLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                               1057                 :                : 
                               1058                 :                :     /*
                               1059                 :                :      * Find or create lock and proclock entries with this tag
                               1060                 :                :      *
                               1061                 :                :      * Note: if the locallock object already existed, it might have a pointer
                               1062                 :                :      * to the lock already ... but we should not assume that that pointer is
                               1063                 :                :      * valid, since a lock object with zero hold and request counts can go
                               1064                 :                :      * away anytime.  So we have to use SetupLockInTable() to recompute the
                               1065                 :                :      * lock and proclock pointers, even if they're already set.
                               1066                 :                :      */
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     1067                 :        2178928 :     proclock = SetupLockInTable(lockMethodTable, MyProc, locktag,
                               1068                 :                :                                 hashcode, lockmode);
                               1069         [ -  + ]:        2178928 :     if (!proclock)
                               1070                 :                :     {
 4889 rhaas@postgresql.org     1071                 :UBC           0 :         AbortStrongLockAcquire();
 5215                          1072                 :              0 :         LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
 2556 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1073         [ #  # ]:              0 :         if (locallock->nLocks == 0)
                               1074                 :              0 :             RemoveLocalLock(locallock);
                               1075         [ #  # ]:              0 :         if (locallockp)
                               1076                 :              0 :             *locallockp = NULL;
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     1077         [ #  # ]:              0 :         if (reportMemoryError)
                               1078         [ #  # ]:              0 :             ereport(ERROR,
                               1079                 :                :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
                               1080                 :                :                      errmsg("out of shared memory"),
                               1081                 :                :                      errhint("You might need to increase \"%s\".", "max_locks_per_transaction")));
                               1082                 :                :         else
                               1083                 :              0 :             return LOCKACQUIRE_NOT_AVAIL;
                               1084                 :                :     }
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     1085                 :CBC     2178928 :     locallock->proclock = proclock;
                               1086                 :        2178928 :     lock = proclock->tag.myLock;
                               1087                 :        2178928 :     locallock->lock = lock;
                               1088                 :                : 
                               1089                 :                :     /*
                               1090                 :                :      * If lock requested conflicts with locks requested by waiters, must join
                               1091                 :                :      * wait queue.  Otherwise, check for conflict with already-held locks.
                               1092                 :                :      * (That's last because most complex check.)
                               1093                 :                :      */
                               1094         [ +  + ]:        2178928 :     if (lockMethodTable->conflictTab[lockmode] & lock->waitMask)
 2078 peter@eisentraut.org     1095                 :            257 :         found_conflict = true;
                               1096                 :                :     else
                               1097                 :        2178671 :         found_conflict = LockCheckConflicts(lockMethodTable, lockmode,
                               1098                 :                :                                             lock, proclock);
                               1099                 :                : 
                               1100         [ +  + ]:        2178928 :     if (!found_conflict)
                               1101                 :                :     {
                               1102                 :                :         /* No conflict with held or previously requested locks */
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     1103                 :        2176862 :         GrantLock(lock, proclock, lockmode);
  306 heikki.linnakangas@i     1104                 :        2176862 :         waitResult = PROC_WAIT_STATUS_OK;
                               1105                 :                :     }
                               1106                 :                :     else
                               1107                 :                :     {
                               1108                 :                :         /*
                               1109                 :                :          * Join the lock's wait queue.  We call this even in the dontWait
                               1110                 :                :          * case, because JoinWaitQueue() may discover that we can acquire the
                               1111                 :                :          * lock immediately after all.
                               1112                 :                :          */
                               1113                 :           2066 :         waitResult = JoinWaitQueue(locallock, lockMethodTable, dontWait);
                               1114                 :                :     }
                               1115                 :                : 
                               1116         [ +  + ]:        2178928 :     if (waitResult == PROC_WAIT_STATUS_ERROR)
                               1117                 :                :     {
                               1118                 :                :         /*
                               1119                 :                :          * We're not getting the lock because a deadlock was detected already
                               1120                 :                :          * while trying to join the wait queue, or because we would have to
                               1121                 :                :          * wait but the caller requested no blocking.
                               1122                 :                :          *
                               1123                 :                :          * Undo the changes to shared entries before releasing the partition
                               1124                 :                :          * lock.
                               1125                 :                :          */
                               1126                 :            769 :         AbortStrongLockAcquire();
                               1127                 :                : 
                               1128         [ +  + ]:            769 :         if (proclock->holdMask == 0)
                               1129                 :                :         {
                               1130                 :                :             uint32      proclock_hashcode;
                               1131                 :                : 
                               1132                 :            564 :             proclock_hashcode = ProcLockHashCode(&proclock->tag,
                               1133                 :                :                                                  hashcode);
                               1134                 :            564 :             dlist_delete(&proclock->lockLink);
                               1135                 :            564 :             dlist_delete(&proclock->procLink);
                               1136         [ -  + ]:            564 :             if (!hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodProcLockHash,
                               1137                 :            564 :                                              &(proclock->tag),
                               1138                 :                :                                              proclock_hashcode,
                               1139                 :                :                                              HASH_REMOVE,
                               1140                 :                :                                              NULL))
  306 heikki.linnakangas@i     1141         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                 elog(PANIC, "proclock table corrupted");
                               1142                 :                :         }
                               1143                 :                :         else
                               1144                 :                :             PROCLOCK_PRINT("LockAcquire: did not join wait queue", proclock);
  306 heikki.linnakangas@i     1145                 :CBC         769 :         lock->nRequested--;
                               1146                 :            769 :         lock->requested[lockmode]--;
                               1147                 :                :         LOCK_PRINT("LockAcquire: did not join wait queue",
                               1148                 :                :                    lock, lockmode);
                               1149   [ +  -  -  + ]:            769 :         Assert((lock->nRequested > 0) &&
                               1150                 :                :                (lock->requested[lockmode] >= 0));
                               1151         [ -  + ]:            769 :         Assert(lock->nGranted <= lock->nRequested);
                               1152                 :            769 :         LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                               1153         [ +  - ]:            769 :         if (locallock->nLocks == 0)
                               1154                 :            769 :             RemoveLocalLock(locallock);
                               1155                 :                : 
                               1156         [ +  + ]:            769 :         if (dontWait)
                               1157                 :                :         {
                               1158                 :                :             /*
                               1159                 :                :              * Log lock holders and waiters as a detail log message if
                               1160                 :                :              * logLockFailure = true and lock acquisition fails with dontWait
                               1161                 :                :              * = true
                               1162                 :                :              */
  176 fujii@postgresql.org     1163         [ -  + ]:            768 :             if (logLockFailure)
                               1164                 :                :             {
                               1165                 :                :                 StringInfoData buf,
                               1166                 :                :                             lock_waiters_sbuf,
                               1167                 :                :                             lock_holders_sbuf;
                               1168                 :                :                 const char *modename;
  176 fujii@postgresql.org     1169                 :UBC           0 :                 int         lockHoldersNum = 0;
                               1170                 :                : 
                               1171                 :              0 :                 initStringInfo(&buf);
                               1172                 :              0 :                 initStringInfo(&lock_waiters_sbuf);
                               1173                 :              0 :                 initStringInfo(&lock_holders_sbuf);
                               1174                 :                : 
                               1175                 :              0 :                 DescribeLockTag(&buf, &locallock->tag.lock);
                               1176                 :              0 :                 modename = GetLockmodeName(locallock->tag.lock.locktag_lockmethodid,
                               1177                 :                :                                            lockmode);
                               1178                 :                : 
                               1179                 :                :                 /* Gather a list of all lock holders and waiters */
                               1180                 :              0 :                 LWLockAcquire(partitionLock, LW_SHARED);
                               1181                 :              0 :                 GetLockHoldersAndWaiters(locallock, &lock_holders_sbuf,
                               1182                 :                :                                          &lock_waiters_sbuf, &lockHoldersNum);
                               1183                 :              0 :                 LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                               1184                 :                : 
                               1185         [ #  # ]:              0 :                 ereport(LOG,
                               1186                 :                :                         (errmsg("process %d could not obtain %s on %s",
                               1187                 :                :                                 MyProcPid, modename, buf.data),
                               1188                 :                :                          errdetail_log_plural(
                               1189                 :                :                                               "Process holding the lock: %s, Wait queue: %s.",
                               1190                 :                :                                               "Processes holding the lock: %s, Wait queue: %s.",
                               1191                 :                :                                               lockHoldersNum,
                               1192                 :                :                                               lock_holders_sbuf.data,
                               1193                 :                :                                               lock_waiters_sbuf.data)));
                               1194                 :                : 
                               1195                 :              0 :                 pfree(buf.data);
                               1196                 :              0 :                 pfree(lock_holders_sbuf.data);
                               1197                 :              0 :                 pfree(lock_waiters_sbuf.data);
                               1198                 :                :             }
  306 heikki.linnakangas@i     1199         [ +  + ]:CBC         768 :             if (locallockp)
                               1200                 :            224 :                 *locallockp = NULL;
                               1201                 :            768 :             return LOCKACQUIRE_NOT_AVAIL;
                               1202                 :                :         }
                               1203                 :                :         else
                               1204                 :                :         {
                               1205                 :              1 :             DeadLockReport();
                               1206                 :                :             /* DeadLockReport() will not return */
                               1207                 :                :         }
                               1208                 :                :     }
                               1209                 :                : 
                               1210                 :                :     /*
                               1211                 :                :      * We are now in the lock queue, or the lock was already granted.  If
                               1212                 :                :      * queued, go to sleep.
                               1213                 :                :      */
                               1214         [ +  + ]:        2178159 :     if (waitResult == PROC_WAIT_STATUS_WAITING)
                               1215                 :                :     {
                               1216         [ -  + ]:           1291 :         Assert(!dontWait);
                               1217                 :                :         PROCLOCK_PRINT("LockAcquire: sleeping on lock", proclock);
                               1218                 :                :         LOCK_PRINT("LockAcquire: sleeping on lock", lock, lockmode);
                               1219                 :           1291 :         LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                               1220                 :                : 
                               1221                 :           1291 :         waitResult = WaitOnLock(locallock, owner);
                               1222                 :                : 
                               1223                 :                :         /*
                               1224                 :                :          * NOTE: do not do any material change of state between here and
                               1225                 :                :          * return.  All required changes in locktable state must have been
                               1226                 :                :          * done when the lock was granted to us --- see notes in WaitOnLock.
                               1227                 :                :          */
                               1228                 :                : 
                               1229         [ +  + ]:           1250 :         if (waitResult == PROC_WAIT_STATUS_ERROR)
                               1230                 :                :         {
                               1231                 :                :             /*
                               1232                 :                :              * We failed as a result of a deadlock, see CheckDeadLock(). Quit
                               1233                 :                :              * now.
                               1234                 :                :              */
                               1235         [ -  + ]:              5 :             Assert(!dontWait);
                               1236                 :              5 :             DeadLockReport();
                               1237                 :                :             /* DeadLockReport() will not return */
                               1238                 :                :         }
                               1239                 :                :     }
                               1240                 :                :     else
                               1241                 :        2176868 :         LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                               1242         [ -  + ]:        2178113 :     Assert(waitResult == PROC_WAIT_STATUS_OK);
                               1243                 :                : 
                               1244                 :                :     /* The lock was granted to us.  Update the local lock entry accordingly */
                               1245         [ -  + ]:        2178113 :     Assert((proclock->holdMask & LOCKBIT_ON(lockmode)) != 0);
                               1246                 :        2178113 :     GrantLockLocal(locallock, owner);
                               1247                 :                : 
                               1248                 :                :     /*
                               1249                 :                :      * Lock state is fully up-to-date now; if we error out after this, no
                               1250                 :                :      * special error cleanup is required.
                               1251                 :                :      */
 4889 rhaas@postgresql.org     1252                 :        2178113 :     FinishStrongLockAcquire();
                               1253                 :                : 
                               1254                 :                :     /*
                               1255                 :                :      * Emit a WAL record if acquisition of this lock needs to be replayed in a
                               1256                 :                :      * standby server.
                               1257                 :                :      */
 5215                          1258         [ +  + ]:        2178113 :     if (log_lock)
                               1259                 :                :     {
                               1260                 :                :         /*
                               1261                 :                :          * Decode the locktag back to the original values, to avoid sending
                               1262                 :                :          * lots of empty bytes with every message.  See lock.h to check how a
                               1263                 :                :          * locktag is defined for LOCKTAG_RELATION
                               1264                 :                :          */
                               1265                 :          97234 :         LogAccessExclusiveLock(locktag->locktag_field1,
                               1266                 :          97234 :                                locktag->locktag_field2);
                               1267                 :                :     }
                               1268                 :                : 
                               1269                 :        2178113 :     return LOCKACQUIRE_OK;
                               1270                 :                : }
                               1271                 :                : 
                               1272                 :                : /*
                               1273                 :                :  * Find or create LOCK and PROCLOCK objects as needed for a new lock
                               1274                 :                :  * request.
                               1275                 :                :  *
                               1276                 :                :  * Returns the PROCLOCK object, or NULL if we failed to create the objects
                               1277                 :                :  * for lack of shared memory.
                               1278                 :                :  *
                               1279                 :                :  * The appropriate partition lock must be held at entry, and will be
                               1280                 :                :  * held at exit.
                               1281                 :                :  */
                               1282                 :                : static PROCLOCK *
                               1283                 :        2180605 : SetupLockInTable(LockMethod lockMethodTable, PGPROC *proc,
                               1284                 :                :                  const LOCKTAG *locktag, uint32 hashcode, LOCKMODE lockmode)
                               1285                 :                : {
                               1286                 :                :     LOCK       *lock;
                               1287                 :                :     PROCLOCK   *proclock;
                               1288                 :                :     PROCLOCKTAG proclocktag;
                               1289                 :                :     uint32      proclock_hashcode;
                               1290                 :                :     bool        found;
                               1291                 :                : 
                               1292                 :                :     /*
                               1293                 :                :      * Find or create a lock with this tag.
                               1294                 :                :      */
 6985 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1295                 :        2180605 :     lock = (LOCK *) hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodLockHash,
                               1296                 :                :                                                 locktag,
                               1297                 :                :                                                 hashcode,
                               1298                 :                :                                                 HASH_ENTER_NULL,
                               1299                 :                :                                                 &found);
10226 bruce@momjian.us         1300         [ -  + ]:        2180605 :     if (!lock)
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     1301                 :UBC           0 :         return NULL;
                               1302                 :                : 
                               1303                 :                :     /*
                               1304                 :                :      * if it's a new lock object, initialize it
                               1305                 :                :      */
10226 bruce@momjian.us         1306         [ +  + ]:CBC     2180605 :     if (!found)
                               1307                 :                :     {
 8999 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1308                 :        1848498 :         lock->grantMask = 0;
                               1309                 :        1848498 :         lock->waitMask = 0;
  962 andres@anarazel.de       1310                 :        1848498 :         dlist_init(&lock->procLocks);
                               1311                 :        1848498 :         dclist_init(&lock->waitProcs);
 8999 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1312                 :        1848498 :         lock->nRequested = 0;
                               1313                 :        1848498 :         lock->nGranted = 0;
 7423 neilc@samurai.com        1314   [ +  -  +  -  :       11090988 :         MemSet(lock->requested, 0, sizeof(int) * MAX_LOCKMODES);
                                     +  -  +  -  +  
                                                 + ]
                               1315   [ -  +  -  -  :        1848498 :         MemSet(lock->granted, 0, sizeof(int) * MAX_LOCKMODES);
                                     -  -  -  -  -  
                                                 - ]
                               1316                 :                :         LOCK_PRINT("LockAcquire: new", lock, lockmode);
                               1317                 :                :     }
                               1318                 :                :     else
                               1319                 :                :     {
                               1320                 :                :         LOCK_PRINT("LockAcquire: found", lock, lockmode);
 8999 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1321   [ +  -  -  + ]:         332107 :         Assert((lock->nRequested >= 0) && (lock->requested[lockmode] >= 0));
                               1322   [ +  -  -  + ]:         332107 :         Assert((lock->nGranted >= 0) && (lock->granted[lockmode] >= 0));
                               1323         [ -  + ]:         332107 :         Assert(lock->nGranted <= lock->nRequested);
                               1324                 :                :     }
                               1325                 :                : 
                               1326                 :                :     /*
                               1327                 :                :      * Create the hash key for the proclock table.
                               1328                 :                :      */
 6985                          1329                 :        2180605 :     proclocktag.myLock = lock;
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     1330                 :        2180605 :     proclocktag.myProc = proc;
                               1331                 :                : 
 6985 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1332                 :        2180605 :     proclock_hashcode = ProcLockHashCode(&proclocktag, hashcode);
                               1333                 :                : 
                               1334                 :                :     /*
                               1335                 :                :      * Find or create a proclock entry with this tag
                               1336                 :                :      */
                               1337                 :        2180605 :     proclock = (PROCLOCK *) hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodProcLockHash,
                               1338                 :                :                                                         &proclocktag,
                               1339                 :                :                                                         proclock_hashcode,
                               1340                 :                :                                                         HASH_ENTER_NULL,
                               1341                 :                :                                                         &found);
 8236 bruce@momjian.us         1342         [ -  + ]:        2180605 :     if (!proclock)
                               1343                 :                :     {
                               1344                 :                :         /* Oops, not enough shmem for the proclock */
 7664 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1345         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         if (lock->nRequested == 0)
                               1346                 :                :         {
                               1347                 :                :             /*
                               1348                 :                :              * There are no other requestors of this lock, so garbage-collect
                               1349                 :                :              * the lock object.  We *must* do this to avoid a permanent leak
                               1350                 :                :              * of shared memory, because there won't be anything to cause
                               1351                 :                :              * anyone to release the lock object later.
                               1352                 :                :              */
  962 andres@anarazel.de       1353         [ #  # ]:              0 :             Assert(dlist_is_empty(&(lock->procLocks)));
 6985 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1354         [ #  # ]:              0 :             if (!hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodLockHash,
  943 peter@eisentraut.org     1355                 :              0 :                                              &(lock->tag),
                               1356                 :                :                                              hashcode,
                               1357                 :                :                                              HASH_REMOVE,
                               1358                 :                :                                              NULL))
 7415 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1359         [ #  # ]:              0 :                 elog(PANIC, "lock table corrupted");
                               1360                 :                :         }
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     1361                 :              0 :         return NULL;
                               1362                 :                :     }
                               1363                 :                : 
                               1364                 :                :     /*
                               1365                 :                :      * If new, initialize the new entry
                               1366                 :                :      */
10226 bruce@momjian.us         1367         [ +  + ]:CBC     2180605 :     if (!found)
                               1368                 :                :     {
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     1369                 :        1878766 :         uint32      partition = LockHashPartition(hashcode);
                               1370                 :                : 
                               1371                 :                :         /*
                               1372                 :                :          * It might seem unsafe to access proclock->groupLeader without a
                               1373                 :                :          * lock, but it's not really.  Either we are initializing a proclock
                               1374                 :                :          * on our own behalf, in which case our group leader isn't changing
                               1375                 :                :          * because the group leader for a process can only ever be changed by
                               1376                 :                :          * the process itself; or else we are transferring a fast-path lock to
                               1377                 :                :          * the main lock table, in which case that process can't change its
                               1378                 :                :          * lock group leader without first releasing all of its locks (and in
                               1379                 :                :          * particular the one we are currently transferring).
                               1380                 :                :          */
 3499                          1381                 :        3757532 :         proclock->groupLeader = proc->lockGroupLeader != NULL ?
                               1382         [ +  + ]:        1878766 :             proc->lockGroupLeader : proc;
 7680 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1383                 :        1878766 :         proclock->holdMask = 0;
 7389                          1384                 :        1878766 :         proclock->releaseMask = 0;
                               1385                 :                :         /* Add proclock to appropriate lists */
  962 andres@anarazel.de       1386                 :        1878766 :         dlist_push_tail(&lock->procLocks, &proclock->lockLink);
                               1387                 :        1878766 :         dlist_push_tail(&proc->myProcLocks[partition], &proclock->procLink);
                               1388                 :                :         PROCLOCK_PRINT("LockAcquire: new", proclock);
                               1389                 :                :     }
                               1390                 :                :     else
                               1391                 :                :     {
                               1392                 :                :         PROCLOCK_PRINT("LockAcquire: found", proclock);
 7680 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1393         [ -  + ]:         301839 :         Assert((proclock->holdMask & ~lock->grantMask) == 0);
                               1394                 :                : 
                               1395                 :                : #ifdef CHECK_DEADLOCK_RISK
                               1396                 :                : 
                               1397                 :                :         /*
                               1398                 :                :          * Issue warning if we already hold a lower-level lock on this object
                               1399                 :                :          * and do not hold a lock of the requested level or higher. This
                               1400                 :                :          * indicates a deadlock-prone coding practice (eg, we'd have a
                               1401                 :                :          * deadlock if another backend were following the same code path at
                               1402                 :                :          * about the same time).
                               1403                 :                :          *
                               1404                 :                :          * This is not enabled by default, because it may generate log entries
                               1405                 :                :          * about user-level coding practices that are in fact safe in context.
                               1406                 :                :          * It can be enabled to help find system-level problems.
                               1407                 :                :          *
                               1408                 :                :          * XXX Doing numeric comparison on the lockmodes is a hack; it'd be
                               1409                 :                :          * better to use a table.  For now, though, this works.
                               1410                 :                :          */
                               1411                 :                :         {
                               1412                 :                :             int         i;
                               1413                 :                : 
                               1414                 :                :             for (i = lockMethodTable->numLockModes; i > 0; i--)
                               1415                 :                :             {
                               1416                 :                :                 if (proclock->holdMask & LOCKBIT_ON(i))
                               1417                 :                :                 {
                               1418                 :                :                     if (i >= (int) lockmode)
                               1419                 :                :                         break;  /* safe: we have a lock >= req level */
                               1420                 :                :                     elog(LOG, "deadlock risk: raising lock level"
                               1421                 :                :                          " from %s to %s on object %u/%u/%u",
                               1422                 :                :                          lockMethodTable->lockModeNames[i],
                               1423                 :                :                          lockMethodTable->lockModeNames[lockmode],
                               1424                 :                :                          lock->tag.locktag_field1, lock->tag.locktag_field2,
                               1425                 :                :                          lock->tag.locktag_field3);
                               1426                 :                :                     break;
                               1427                 :                :                 }
                               1428                 :                :             }
                               1429                 :                :         }
                               1430                 :                : #endif                          /* CHECK_DEADLOCK_RISK */
                               1431                 :                :     }
                               1432                 :                : 
                               1433                 :                :     /*
                               1434                 :                :      * lock->nRequested and lock->requested[] count the total number of
                               1435                 :                :      * requests, whether granted or waiting, so increment those immediately.
                               1436                 :                :      * The other counts don't increment till we get the lock.
                               1437                 :                :      */
 8999                          1438                 :        2180605 :     lock->nRequested++;
                               1439                 :        2180605 :     lock->requested[lockmode]++;
                               1440   [ +  -  -  + ]:        2180605 :     Assert((lock->nRequested > 0) && (lock->requested[lockmode] > 0));
                               1441                 :                : 
                               1442                 :                :     /*
                               1443                 :                :      * We shouldn't already hold the desired lock; else locallock table is
                               1444                 :                :      * broken.
                               1445                 :                :      */
 7389                          1446         [ -  + ]:        2180605 :     if (proclock->holdMask & LOCKBIT_ON(lockmode))
 7389 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1447         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "lock %s on object %u/%u/%u is already held",
                               1448                 :                :              lockMethodTable->lockModeNames[lockmode],
                               1449                 :                :              lock->tag.locktag_field1, lock->tag.locktag_field2,
                               1450                 :                :              lock->tag.locktag_field3);
                               1451                 :                : 
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     1452                 :CBC     2180605 :     return proclock;
                               1453                 :                : }
                               1454                 :                : 
                               1455                 :                : /*
                               1456                 :                :  * Check and set/reset the flag that we hold the relation extension lock.
                               1457                 :                :  *
                               1458                 :                :  * It is callers responsibility that this function is called after
                               1459                 :                :  * acquiring/releasing the relation extension lock.
                               1460                 :                :  *
                               1461                 :                :  * Pass acquired as true if lock is acquired, false otherwise.
                               1462                 :                :  */
                               1463                 :                : static inline void
 1998 akapila@postgresql.o     1464                 :       33812717 : CheckAndSetLockHeld(LOCALLOCK *locallock, bool acquired)
                               1465                 :                : {
                               1466                 :                : #ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
                               1467         [ +  + ]:       33812717 :     if (LOCALLOCK_LOCKTAG(*locallock) == LOCKTAG_RELATION_EXTEND)
                               1468                 :         312130 :         IsRelationExtensionLockHeld = acquired;
                               1469                 :                : #endif
                               1470                 :       33812717 : }
                               1471                 :                : 
                               1472                 :                : /*
                               1473                 :                :  * Subroutine to free a locallock entry
                               1474                 :                :  */
                               1475                 :                : static void
 7680 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1476                 :       16660984 : RemoveLocalLock(LOCALLOCK *locallock)
                               1477                 :                : {
                               1478                 :                :     int         i;
                               1479                 :                : 
 4825 heikki.linnakangas@i     1480         [ +  + ]:       16742044 :     for (i = locallock->numLockOwners - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                               1481                 :                :     {
                               1482         [ +  + ]:          81060 :         if (locallock->lockOwners[i].owner != NULL)
                               1483                 :          81023 :             ResourceOwnerForgetLock(locallock->lockOwners[i].owner, locallock);
                               1484                 :                :     }
 3639 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1485                 :       16660984 :     locallock->numLockOwners = 0;
                               1486         [ +  - ]:       16660984 :     if (locallock->lockOwners != NULL)
                               1487                 :       16660984 :         pfree(locallock->lockOwners);
 7680                          1488                 :       16660984 :     locallock->lockOwners = NULL;
                               1489                 :                : 
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     1490         [ +  + ]:       16660984 :     if (locallock->holdsStrongLockCount)
                               1491                 :                :     {
                               1492                 :                :         uint32      fasthashcode;
                               1493                 :                : 
                               1494                 :         181394 :         fasthashcode = FastPathStrongLockHashPartition(locallock->hashcode);
                               1495                 :                : 
 5163                          1496         [ +  + ]:         181394 :         SpinLockAcquire(&FastPathStrongRelationLocks->mutex);
                               1497         [ -  + ]:         181394 :         Assert(FastPathStrongRelationLocks->count[fasthashcode] > 0);
                               1498                 :         181394 :         FastPathStrongRelationLocks->count[fasthashcode]--;
 2943 peter_e@gmx.net          1499                 :         181394 :         locallock->holdsStrongLockCount = false;
 5163 rhaas@postgresql.org     1500                 :         181394 :         SpinLockRelease(&FastPathStrongRelationLocks->mutex);
                               1501                 :                :     }
                               1502                 :                : 
 7211 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1503         [ -  + ]:       16660984 :     if (!hash_search(LockMethodLocalHash,
  943 peter@eisentraut.org     1504                 :       16660984 :                      &(locallock->tag),
                               1505                 :                :                      HASH_REMOVE, NULL))
 7680 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1506         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(WARNING, "locallock table corrupted");
                               1507                 :                : 
                               1508                 :                :     /*
                               1509                 :                :      * Indicate that the lock is released for certain types of locks
                               1510                 :                :      */
 1998 akapila@postgresql.o     1511                 :CBC    16660984 :     CheckAndSetLockHeld(locallock, false);
 7680 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1512                 :       16660984 : }
                               1513                 :                : 
                               1514                 :                : /*
                               1515                 :                :  * LockCheckConflicts -- test whether requested lock conflicts
                               1516                 :                :  *      with those already granted
                               1517                 :                :  *
                               1518                 :                :  * Returns true if conflict, false if no conflict.
                               1519                 :                :  *
                               1520                 :                :  * NOTES:
                               1521                 :                :  *      Here's what makes this complicated: one process's locks don't
                               1522                 :                :  * conflict with one another, no matter what purpose they are held for
                               1523                 :                :  * (eg, session and transaction locks do not conflict).  Nor do the locks
                               1524                 :                :  * of one process in a lock group conflict with those of another process in
                               1525                 :                :  * the same group.  So, we must subtract off these locks when determining
                               1526                 :                :  * whether the requested new lock conflicts with those already held.
                               1527                 :                :  */
                               1528                 :                : bool
 7950 bruce@momjian.us         1529                 :        2180202 : LockCheckConflicts(LockMethod lockMethodTable,
                               1530                 :                :                    LOCKMODE lockmode,
                               1531                 :                :                    LOCK *lock,
                               1532                 :                :                    PROCLOCK *proclock)
                               1533                 :                : {
 8451                          1534                 :        2180202 :     int         numLockModes = lockMethodTable->numLockModes;
                               1535                 :                :     LOCKMASK    myLocks;
 3499 rhaas@postgresql.org     1536                 :        2180202 :     int         conflictMask = lockMethodTable->conflictTab[lockmode];
                               1537                 :                :     int         conflictsRemaining[MAX_LOCKMODES];
                               1538                 :        2180202 :     int         totalConflictsRemaining = 0;
                               1539                 :                :     dlist_iter  proclock_iter;
                               1540                 :                :     int         i;
                               1541                 :                : 
                               1542                 :                :     /*
                               1543                 :                :      * first check for global conflicts: If no locks conflict with my request,
                               1544                 :                :      * then I get the lock.
                               1545                 :                :      *
                               1546                 :                :      * Checking for conflict: lock->grantMask represents the types of
                               1547                 :                :      * currently held locks.  conflictTable[lockmode] has a bit set for each
                               1548                 :                :      * type of lock that conflicts with request.   Bitwise compare tells if
                               1549                 :                :      * there is a conflict.
                               1550                 :                :      */
                               1551         [ +  + ]:        2180202 :     if (!(conflictMask & lock->grantMask))
                               1552                 :                :     {
                               1553                 :                :         PROCLOCK_PRINT("LockCheckConflicts: no conflict", proclock);
 2078 peter@eisentraut.org     1554                 :        2058805 :         return false;
                               1555                 :                :     }
                               1556                 :                : 
                               1557                 :                :     /*
                               1558                 :                :      * Rats.  Something conflicts.  But it could still be my own lock, or a
                               1559                 :                :      * lock held by another member of my locking group.  First, figure out how
                               1560                 :                :      * many conflicts remain after subtracting out any locks I hold myself.
                               1561                 :                :      */
 7389 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1562                 :         121397 :     myLocks = proclock->holdMask;
 7950 bruce@momjian.us         1563         [ +  + ]:        1092573 :     for (i = 1; i <= numLockModes; i++)
                               1564                 :                :     {
 3499 rhaas@postgresql.org     1565         [ +  + ]:         971176 :         if ((conflictMask & LOCKBIT_ON(i)) == 0)
                               1566                 :                :         {
                               1567                 :         590434 :             conflictsRemaining[i] = 0;
                               1568                 :         590434 :             continue;
                               1569                 :                :         }
                               1570                 :         380742 :         conflictsRemaining[i] = lock->granted[i];
                               1571         [ +  + ]:         380742 :         if (myLocks & LOCKBIT_ON(i))
                               1572                 :         129100 :             --conflictsRemaining[i];
                               1573                 :         380742 :         totalConflictsRemaining += conflictsRemaining[i];
                               1574                 :                :     }
                               1575                 :                : 
                               1576                 :                :     /* If no conflicts remain, we get the lock. */
                               1577         [ +  + ]:         121397 :     if (totalConflictsRemaining == 0)
                               1578                 :                :     {
                               1579                 :                :         PROCLOCK_PRINT("LockCheckConflicts: resolved (simple)", proclock);
 2078 peter@eisentraut.org     1580                 :         118819 :         return false;
                               1581                 :                :     }
                               1582                 :                : 
                               1583                 :                :     /* If no group locking, it's definitely a conflict. */
 3499 rhaas@postgresql.org     1584   [ +  +  +  + ]:           2578 :     if (proclock->groupLeader == MyProc && MyProc->lockGroupLeader == NULL)
                               1585                 :                :     {
                               1586         [ -  + ]:           1802 :         Assert(proclock->tag.myProc == MyProc);
                               1587                 :                :         PROCLOCK_PRINT("LockCheckConflicts: conflicting (simple)",
                               1588                 :                :                        proclock);
 2078 peter@eisentraut.org     1589                 :           1802 :         return true;
                               1590                 :                :     }
                               1591                 :                : 
                               1592                 :                :     /*
                               1593                 :                :      * The relation extension lock conflict even between the group members.
                               1594                 :                :      */
  793 akapila@postgresql.o     1595         [ +  + ]:            776 :     if (LOCK_LOCKTAG(*lock) == LOCKTAG_RELATION_EXTEND)
                               1596                 :                :     {
                               1597                 :                :         PROCLOCK_PRINT("LockCheckConflicts: conflicting (group)",
                               1598                 :                :                        proclock);
 1996 akapila@postgresql.o     1599                 :GBC           9 :         return true;
                               1600                 :                :     }
                               1601                 :                : 
                               1602                 :                :     /*
                               1603                 :                :      * Locks held in conflicting modes by members of our own lock group are
                               1604                 :                :      * not real conflicts; we can subtract those out and see if we still have
                               1605                 :                :      * a conflict.  This is O(N) in the number of processes holding or
                               1606                 :                :      * awaiting locks on this object.  We could improve that by making the
                               1607                 :                :      * shared memory state more complex (and larger) but it doesn't seem worth
                               1608                 :                :      * it.
                               1609                 :                :      */
  962 andres@anarazel.de       1610   [ +  -  +  + ]:CBC        1870 :     dlist_foreach(proclock_iter, &lock->procLocks)
                               1611                 :                :     {
                               1612                 :           1594 :         PROCLOCK   *otherproclock =
                               1613                 :           1594 :             dlist_container(PROCLOCK, lockLink, proclock_iter.cur);
                               1614                 :                : 
 3499 rhaas@postgresql.org     1615         [ +  + ]:           1594 :         if (proclock != otherproclock &&
                               1616         [ +  + ]:           1318 :             proclock->groupLeader == otherproclock->groupLeader &&
                               1617         [ +  + ]:            500 :             (otherproclock->holdMask & conflictMask) != 0)
                               1618                 :                :         {
 3376                          1619                 :            498 :             int         intersectMask = otherproclock->holdMask & conflictMask;
                               1620                 :                : 
 3499                          1621         [ +  + ]:           4482 :             for (i = 1; i <= numLockModes; i++)
                               1622                 :                :             {
                               1623         [ +  + ]:           3984 :                 if ((intersectMask & LOCKBIT_ON(i)) != 0)
                               1624                 :                :                 {
                               1625         [ -  + ]:            508 :                     if (conflictsRemaining[i] <= 0)
 3499 rhaas@postgresql.org     1626         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                         elog(PANIC, "proclocks held do not match lock");
 3499 rhaas@postgresql.org     1627                 :CBC         508 :                     conflictsRemaining[i]--;
                               1628                 :            508 :                     totalConflictsRemaining--;
                               1629                 :                :                 }
                               1630                 :                :             }
                               1631                 :                : 
                               1632         [ +  + ]:            498 :             if (totalConflictsRemaining == 0)
                               1633                 :                :             {
                               1634                 :                :                 PROCLOCK_PRINT("LockCheckConflicts: resolved (group)",
                               1635                 :                :                                proclock);
 2078 peter@eisentraut.org     1636                 :            491 :                 return false;
                               1637                 :                :             }
                               1638                 :                :         }
                               1639                 :                :     }
                               1640                 :                : 
                               1641                 :                :     /* Nope, it's a real conflict. */
                               1642                 :                :     PROCLOCK_PRINT("LockCheckConflicts: conflicting (group)", proclock);
                               1643                 :            276 :     return true;
                               1644                 :                : }
                               1645                 :                : 
                               1646                 :                : /*
                               1647                 :                :  * GrantLock -- update the lock and proclock data structures to show
                               1648                 :                :  *      the lock request has been granted.
                               1649                 :                :  *
                               1650                 :                :  * NOTE: if proc was blocked, it also needs to be removed from the wait list
                               1651                 :                :  * and have its waitLock/waitProcLock fields cleared.  That's not done here.
                               1652                 :                :  *
                               1653                 :                :  * NOTE: the lock grant also has to be recorded in the associated LOCALLOCK
                               1654                 :                :  * table entry; but since we may be awaking some other process, we can't do
                               1655                 :                :  * that here; it's done by GrantLockLocal, instead.
                               1656                 :                :  */
                               1657                 :                : void
 8236 bruce@momjian.us         1658                 :        2179882 : GrantLock(LOCK *lock, PROCLOCK *proclock, LOCKMODE lockmode)
                               1659                 :                : {
 8999 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1660                 :        2179882 :     lock->nGranted++;
                               1661                 :        2179882 :     lock->granted[lockmode]++;
 7950 bruce@momjian.us         1662                 :        2179882 :     lock->grantMask |= LOCKBIT_ON(lockmode);
 8999 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1663         [ +  + ]:        2179882 :     if (lock->granted[lockmode] == lock->requested[lockmode])
 7950 bruce@momjian.us         1664                 :        2179498 :         lock->waitMask &= LOCKBIT_OFF(lockmode);
 7680 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1665                 :        2179882 :     proclock->holdMask |= LOCKBIT_ON(lockmode);
                               1666                 :                :     LOCK_PRINT("GrantLock", lock, lockmode);
 8999                          1667   [ +  -  -  + ]:        2179882 :     Assert((lock->nGranted > 0) && (lock->granted[lockmode] > 0));
                               1668         [ -  + ]:        2179882 :     Assert(lock->nGranted <= lock->nRequested);
 7680                          1669                 :        2179882 : }
                               1670                 :                : 
                               1671                 :                : /*
                               1672                 :                :  * UnGrantLock -- opposite of GrantLock.
                               1673                 :                :  *
                               1674                 :                :  * Updates the lock and proclock data structures to show that the lock
                               1675                 :                :  * is no longer held nor requested by the current holder.
                               1676                 :                :  *
                               1677                 :                :  * Returns true if there were any waiters waiting on the lock that
                               1678                 :                :  * should now be woken up with ProcLockWakeup.
                               1679                 :                :  */
                               1680                 :                : static bool
 7519 neilc@samurai.com        1681                 :        2179817 : UnGrantLock(LOCK *lock, LOCKMODE lockmode,
                               1682                 :                :             PROCLOCK *proclock, LockMethod lockMethodTable)
                               1683                 :                : {
 7266 bruce@momjian.us         1684                 :        2179817 :     bool        wakeupNeeded = false;
                               1685                 :                : 
 7519 neilc@samurai.com        1686   [ +  -  -  + ]:        2179817 :     Assert((lock->nRequested > 0) && (lock->requested[lockmode] > 0));
                               1687   [ +  -  -  + ]:        2179817 :     Assert((lock->nGranted > 0) && (lock->granted[lockmode] > 0));
                               1688         [ -  + ]:        2179817 :     Assert(lock->nGranted <= lock->nRequested);
                               1689                 :                : 
                               1690                 :                :     /*
                               1691                 :                :      * fix the general lock stats
                               1692                 :                :      */
                               1693                 :        2179817 :     lock->nRequested--;
                               1694                 :        2179817 :     lock->requested[lockmode]--;
                               1695                 :        2179817 :     lock->nGranted--;
                               1696                 :        2179817 :     lock->granted[lockmode]--;
                               1697                 :                : 
                               1698         [ +  + ]:        2179817 :     if (lock->granted[lockmode] == 0)
                               1699                 :                :     {
                               1700                 :                :         /* change the conflict mask.  No more of this lock type. */
                               1701                 :        2155312 :         lock->grantMask &= LOCKBIT_OFF(lockmode);
                               1702                 :                :     }
                               1703                 :                : 
                               1704                 :                :     LOCK_PRINT("UnGrantLock: updated", lock, lockmode);
                               1705                 :                : 
                               1706                 :                :     /*
                               1707                 :                :      * We need only run ProcLockWakeup if the released lock conflicts with at
                               1708                 :                :      * least one of the lock types requested by waiter(s).  Otherwise whatever
                               1709                 :                :      * conflict made them wait must still exist.  NOTE: before MVCC, we could
                               1710                 :                :      * skip wakeup if lock->granted[lockmode] was still positive. But that's
                               1711                 :                :      * not true anymore, because the remaining granted locks might belong to
                               1712                 :                :      * some waiter, who could now be awakened because he doesn't conflict with
                               1713                 :                :      * his own locks.
                               1714                 :                :      */
                               1715         [ +  + ]:        2179817 :     if (lockMethodTable->conflictTab[lockmode] & lock->waitMask)
                               1716                 :           1227 :         wakeupNeeded = true;
                               1717                 :                : 
                               1718                 :                :     /*
                               1719                 :                :      * Now fix the per-proclock state.
                               1720                 :                :      */
                               1721                 :        2179817 :     proclock->holdMask &= LOCKBIT_OFF(lockmode);
                               1722                 :                :     PROCLOCK_PRINT("UnGrantLock: updated", proclock);
                               1723                 :                : 
                               1724                 :        2179817 :     return wakeupNeeded;
                               1725                 :                : }
                               1726                 :                : 
                               1727                 :                : /*
                               1728                 :                :  * CleanUpLock -- clean up after releasing a lock.  We garbage-collect the
                               1729                 :                :  * proclock and lock objects if possible, and call ProcLockWakeup if there
                               1730                 :                :  * are remaining requests and the caller says it's OK.  (Normally, this
                               1731                 :                :  * should be called after UnGrantLock, and wakeupNeeded is the result from
                               1732                 :                :  * UnGrantLock.)
                               1733                 :                :  *
                               1734                 :                :  * The appropriate partition lock must be held at entry, and will be
                               1735                 :                :  * held at exit.
                               1736                 :                :  */
                               1737                 :                : static void
 7209 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1738                 :        2144735 : CleanUpLock(LOCK *lock, PROCLOCK *proclock,
                               1739                 :                :             LockMethod lockMethodTable, uint32 hashcode,
                               1740                 :                :             bool wakeupNeeded)
                               1741                 :                : {
                               1742                 :                :     /*
                               1743                 :                :      * If this was my last hold on this lock, delete my entry in the proclock
                               1744                 :                :      * table.
                               1745                 :                :      */
 7415                          1746         [ +  + ]:        2144735 :     if (proclock->holdMask == 0)
                               1747                 :                :     {
                               1748                 :                :         uint32      proclock_hashcode;
                               1749                 :                : 
                               1750                 :                :         PROCLOCK_PRINT("CleanUpLock: deleting", proclock);
  962 andres@anarazel.de       1751                 :        1878223 :         dlist_delete(&proclock->lockLink);
                               1752                 :        1878223 :         dlist_delete(&proclock->procLink);
 6985 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1753                 :        1878223 :         proclock_hashcode = ProcLockHashCode(&proclock->tag, hashcode);
                               1754         [ -  + ]:        1878223 :         if (!hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodProcLockHash,
  943 peter@eisentraut.org     1755                 :        1878223 :                                          &(proclock->tag),
                               1756                 :                :                                          proclock_hashcode,
                               1757                 :                :                                          HASH_REMOVE,
                               1758                 :                :                                          NULL))
 7415 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1759         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             elog(PANIC, "proclock table corrupted");
                               1760                 :                :     }
                               1761                 :                : 
 7415 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1762         [ +  + ]:CBC     2144735 :     if (lock->nRequested == 0)
                               1763                 :                :     {
                               1764                 :                :         /*
                               1765                 :                :          * The caller just released the last lock, so garbage-collect the lock
                               1766                 :                :          * object.
                               1767                 :                :          */
                               1768                 :                :         LOCK_PRINT("CleanUpLock: deleting", lock, 0);
  962 andres@anarazel.de       1769         [ -  + ]:        1848517 :         Assert(dlist_is_empty(&lock->procLocks));
 6985 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1770         [ -  + ]:        1848517 :         if (!hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodLockHash,
  943 peter@eisentraut.org     1771                 :        1848517 :                                          &(lock->tag),
                               1772                 :                :                                          hashcode,
                               1773                 :                :                                          HASH_REMOVE,
                               1774                 :                :                                          NULL))
 7415 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1775         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             elog(PANIC, "lock table corrupted");
                               1776                 :                :     }
 7415 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1777         [ +  + ]:CBC      296218 :     else if (wakeupNeeded)
                               1778                 :                :     {
                               1779                 :                :         /* There are waiters on this lock, so wake them up. */
 7209                          1780                 :           1268 :         ProcLockWakeup(lockMethodTable, lock);
                               1781                 :                :     }
 7415                          1782                 :        2144735 : }
                               1783                 :                : 
                               1784                 :                : /*
                               1785                 :                :  * GrantLockLocal -- update the locallock data structures to show
                               1786                 :                :  *      the lock request has been granted.
                               1787                 :                :  *
                               1788                 :                :  * We expect that LockAcquire made sure there is room to add a new
                               1789                 :                :  * ResourceOwner entry.
                               1790                 :                :  */
                               1791                 :                : static void
 7680                          1792                 :       18622829 : GrantLockLocal(LOCALLOCK *locallock, ResourceOwner owner)
                               1793                 :                : {
                               1794                 :       18622829 :     LOCALLOCKOWNER *lockOwners = locallock->lockOwners;
                               1795                 :                :     int         i;
                               1796                 :                : 
                               1797         [ -  + ]:       18622829 :     Assert(locallock->numLockOwners < locallock->maxLockOwners);
                               1798                 :                :     /* Count the total */
                               1799                 :       18622829 :     locallock->nLocks++;
                               1800                 :                :     /* Count the per-owner lock */
                               1801         [ +  + ]:       19295722 :     for (i = 0; i < locallock->numLockOwners; i++)
                               1802                 :                :     {
                               1803         [ +  + ]:        2143989 :         if (lockOwners[i].owner == owner)
                               1804                 :                :         {
                               1805                 :        1471096 :             lockOwners[i].nLocks++;
                               1806                 :        1471096 :             return;
                               1807                 :                :         }
                               1808                 :                :     }
                               1809                 :       17151733 :     lockOwners[i].owner = owner;
                               1810                 :       17151733 :     lockOwners[i].nLocks = 1;
                               1811                 :       17151733 :     locallock->numLockOwners++;
 4825 heikki.linnakangas@i     1812         [ +  + ]:       17151733 :     if (owner != NULL)
                               1813                 :       17112558 :         ResourceOwnerRememberLock(owner, locallock);
                               1814                 :                : 
                               1815                 :                :     /* Indicate that the lock is acquired for certain types of locks. */
 1998 akapila@postgresql.o     1816                 :       17151733 :     CheckAndSetLockHeld(locallock, true);
                               1817                 :                : }
                               1818                 :                : 
                               1819                 :                : /*
                               1820                 :                :  * BeginStrongLockAcquire - inhibit use of fastpath for a given LOCALLOCK,
                               1821                 :                :  * and arrange for error cleanup if it fails
                               1822                 :                :  */
                               1823                 :                : static void
 4889 rhaas@postgresql.org     1824                 :         181674 : BeginStrongLockAcquire(LOCALLOCK *locallock, uint32 fasthashcode)
                               1825                 :                : {
                               1826         [ -  + ]:         181674 :     Assert(StrongLockInProgress == NULL);
 2943 peter_e@gmx.net          1827         [ -  + ]:         181674 :     Assert(locallock->holdsStrongLockCount == false);
                               1828                 :                : 
                               1829                 :                :     /*
                               1830                 :                :      * Adding to a memory location is not atomic, so we take a spinlock to
                               1831                 :                :      * ensure we don't collide with someone else trying to bump the count at
                               1832                 :                :      * the same time.
                               1833                 :                :      *
                               1834                 :                :      * XXX: It might be worth considering using an atomic fetch-and-add
                               1835                 :                :      * instruction here, on architectures where that is supported.
                               1836                 :                :      */
                               1837                 :                : 
 4889 rhaas@postgresql.org     1838         [ +  + ]:         181674 :     SpinLockAcquire(&FastPathStrongRelationLocks->mutex);
                               1839                 :         181674 :     FastPathStrongRelationLocks->count[fasthashcode]++;
 2943 peter_e@gmx.net          1840                 :         181674 :     locallock->holdsStrongLockCount = true;
 4889 rhaas@postgresql.org     1841                 :         181674 :     StrongLockInProgress = locallock;
                               1842                 :         181674 :     SpinLockRelease(&FastPathStrongRelationLocks->mutex);
                               1843                 :         181674 : }
                               1844                 :                : 
                               1845                 :                : /*
                               1846                 :                :  * FinishStrongLockAcquire - cancel pending cleanup for a strong lock
                               1847                 :                :  * acquisition once it's no longer needed
                               1848                 :                :  */
                               1849                 :                : static void
                               1850                 :        2178113 : FinishStrongLockAcquire(void)
                               1851                 :                : {
                               1852                 :        2178113 :     StrongLockInProgress = NULL;
                               1853                 :        2178113 : }
                               1854                 :                : 
                               1855                 :                : /*
                               1856                 :                :  * AbortStrongLockAcquire - undo strong lock state changes performed by
                               1857                 :                :  * BeginStrongLockAcquire.
                               1858                 :                :  */
                               1859                 :                : void
                               1860                 :         349652 : AbortStrongLockAcquire(void)
                               1861                 :                : {
                               1862                 :                :     uint32      fasthashcode;
                               1863                 :         349652 :     LOCALLOCK  *locallock = StrongLockInProgress;
                               1864                 :                : 
                               1865         [ +  + ]:         349652 :     if (locallock == NULL)
                               1866                 :         349437 :         return;
                               1867                 :                : 
                               1868                 :            215 :     fasthashcode = FastPathStrongLockHashPartition(locallock->hashcode);
 2943 peter_e@gmx.net          1869         [ -  + ]:            215 :     Assert(locallock->holdsStrongLockCount == true);
 4889 rhaas@postgresql.org     1870         [ -  + ]:            215 :     SpinLockAcquire(&FastPathStrongRelationLocks->mutex);
 4170                          1871         [ -  + ]:            215 :     Assert(FastPathStrongRelationLocks->count[fasthashcode] > 0);
 4889                          1872                 :            215 :     FastPathStrongRelationLocks->count[fasthashcode]--;
 2943 peter_e@gmx.net          1873                 :            215 :     locallock->holdsStrongLockCount = false;
 4889 rhaas@postgresql.org     1874                 :            215 :     StrongLockInProgress = NULL;
                               1875                 :            215 :     SpinLockRelease(&FastPathStrongRelationLocks->mutex);
                               1876                 :                : }
                               1877                 :                : 
                               1878                 :                : /*
                               1879                 :                :  * GrantAwaitedLock -- call GrantLockLocal for the lock we are doing
                               1880                 :                :  *      WaitOnLock on.
                               1881                 :                :  *
                               1882                 :                :  * proc.c needs this for the case where we are booted off the lock by
                               1883                 :                :  * timeout, but discover that someone granted us the lock anyway.
                               1884                 :                :  *
                               1885                 :                :  * We could just export GrantLockLocal, but that would require including
                               1886                 :                :  * resowner.h in lock.h, which creates circularity.
                               1887                 :                :  */
                               1888                 :                : void
 7680 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1889                 :GBC           1 : GrantAwaitedLock(void)
                               1890                 :                : {
                               1891                 :              1 :     GrantLockLocal(awaitedLock, awaitedOwner);
 9874 scrappy@hub.org          1892                 :              1 : }
                               1893                 :                : 
                               1894                 :                : /*
                               1895                 :                :  * GetAwaitedLock -- Return the lock we're currently doing WaitOnLock on.
                               1896                 :                :  */
                               1897                 :                : LOCALLOCK *
  306 heikki.linnakangas@i     1898                 :CBC      350181 : GetAwaitedLock(void)
                               1899                 :                : {
                               1900                 :         350181 :     return awaitedLock;
                               1901                 :                : }
                               1902                 :                : 
                               1903                 :                : /*
                               1904                 :                :  * ResetAwaitedLock -- Forget that we are waiting on a lock.
                               1905                 :                :  */
                               1906                 :                : void
  162                          1907                 :             40 : ResetAwaitedLock(void)
                               1908                 :                : {
                               1909                 :             40 :     awaitedLock = NULL;
                               1910                 :             40 : }
                               1911                 :                : 
                               1912                 :                : /*
                               1913                 :                :  * MarkLockClear -- mark an acquired lock as "clear"
                               1914                 :                :  *
                               1915                 :                :  * This means that we know we have absorbed all sinval messages that other
                               1916                 :                :  * sessions generated before we acquired this lock, and so we can confidently
                               1917                 :                :  * assume we know about any catalog changes protected by this lock.
                               1918                 :                :  */
                               1919                 :                : void
 2556 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1920                 :       16083749 : MarkLockClear(LOCALLOCK *locallock)
                               1921                 :                : {
                               1922         [ -  + ]:       16083749 :     Assert(locallock->nLocks > 0);
                               1923                 :       16083749 :     locallock->lockCleared = true;
                               1924                 :       16083749 : }
                               1925                 :                : 
                               1926                 :                : /*
                               1927                 :                :  * WaitOnLock -- wait to acquire a lock
                               1928                 :                :  *
                               1929                 :                :  * This is a wrapper around ProcSleep, with extra tracing and bookkeeping.
                               1930                 :                :  */
                               1931                 :                : static ProcWaitStatus
  306 heikki.linnakangas@i     1932                 :           1291 : WaitOnLock(LOCALLOCK *locallock, ResourceOwner owner)
                               1933                 :                : {
                               1934                 :                :     ProcWaitStatus result;
                               1935                 :                :     ErrorContextCallback waiterrcontext;
                               1936                 :                : 
                               1937                 :                :     TRACE_POSTGRESQL_LOCK_WAIT_START(locallock->tag.lock.locktag_field1,
                               1938                 :                :                                      locallock->tag.lock.locktag_field2,
                               1939                 :                :                                      locallock->tag.lock.locktag_field3,
                               1940                 :                :                                      locallock->tag.lock.locktag_field4,
                               1941                 :                :                                      locallock->tag.lock.locktag_type,
                               1942                 :                :                                      locallock->tag.mode);
                               1943                 :                : 
                               1944                 :                :     /* Setup error traceback support for ereport() */
    8 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1945                 :GNC        1291 :     waiterrcontext.callback = waitonlock_error_callback;
                               1946                 :           1291 :     waiterrcontext.arg = (void *) locallock;
                               1947                 :           1291 :     waiterrcontext.previous = error_context_stack;
                               1948                 :           1291 :     error_context_stack = &waiterrcontext;
                               1949                 :                : 
                               1950                 :                :     /* adjust the process title to indicate that it's waiting */
  929 drowley@postgresql.o     1951                 :CBC        1291 :     set_ps_display_suffix("waiting");
                               1952                 :                : 
                               1953                 :                :     /*
                               1954                 :                :      * Record the fact that we are waiting for a lock, so that
                               1955                 :                :      * LockErrorCleanup will clean up if cancel/die happens.
                               1956                 :                :      */
 7680 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1957                 :           1291 :     awaitedLock = locallock;
                               1958                 :           1291 :     awaitedOwner = owner;
                               1959                 :                : 
                               1960                 :                :     /*
                               1961                 :                :      * NOTE: Think not to put any shared-state cleanup after the call to
                               1962                 :                :      * ProcSleep, in either the normal or failure path.  The lock state must
                               1963                 :                :      * be fully set by the lock grantor, or by CheckDeadLock if we give up
                               1964                 :                :      * waiting for the lock.  This is necessary because of the possibility
                               1965                 :                :      * that a cancel/die interrupt will interrupt ProcSleep after someone else
                               1966                 :                :      * grants us the lock, but before we've noticed it. Hence, after granting,
                               1967                 :                :      * the locktable state must fully reflect the fact that we own the lock;
                               1968                 :                :      * we can't do additional work on return.
                               1969                 :                :      *
                               1970                 :                :      * We can and do use a PG_TRY block to try to clean up after failure, but
                               1971                 :                :      * this still has a major limitation: elog(FATAL) can occur while waiting
                               1972                 :                :      * (eg, a "die" interrupt), and then control won't come back here. So all
                               1973                 :                :      * cleanup of essential state should happen in LockErrorCleanup, not here.
                               1974                 :                :      * We can use PG_TRY to clear the "waiting" status flags, since doing that
                               1975                 :                :      * is unimportant if the process exits.
                               1976                 :                :      */
 6426                          1977         [ +  + ]:           1291 :     PG_TRY();
                               1978                 :                :     {
  306 heikki.linnakangas@i     1979                 :           1291 :         result = ProcSleep(locallock);
                               1980                 :                :     }
 6426 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1981                 :             38 :     PG_CATCH();
                               1982                 :                :     {
                               1983                 :                :         /* In this path, awaitedLock remains set until LockErrorCleanup */
                               1984                 :                : 
                               1985                 :                :         /* reset ps display to remove the suffix */
  929 drowley@postgresql.o     1986                 :             38 :         set_ps_display_remove_suffix();
                               1987                 :                : 
                               1988                 :                :         /* and propagate the error */
 6426 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1989                 :             38 :         PG_RE_THROW();
                               1990                 :                :     }
                               1991         [ -  + ]:           1250 :     PG_END_TRY();
                               1992                 :                : 
                               1993                 :                :     /*
                               1994                 :                :      * We no longer want LockErrorCleanup to do anything.
                               1995                 :                :      */
 7680                          1996                 :           1250 :     awaitedLock = NULL;
                               1997                 :                : 
                               1998                 :                :     /* reset ps display to remove the suffix */
  929 drowley@postgresql.o     1999                 :           1250 :     set_ps_display_remove_suffix();
                               2000                 :                : 
    8 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2001                 :GNC        1250 :     error_context_stack = waiterrcontext.previous;
                               2002                 :                : 
                               2003                 :                :     TRACE_POSTGRESQL_LOCK_WAIT_DONE(locallock->tag.lock.locktag_field1,
                               2004                 :                :                                     locallock->tag.lock.locktag_field2,
                               2005                 :                :                                     locallock->tag.lock.locktag_field3,
                               2006                 :                :                                     locallock->tag.lock.locktag_field4,
                               2007                 :                :                                     locallock->tag.lock.locktag_type,
                               2008                 :                :                                     locallock->tag.mode);
                               2009                 :                : 
  306 heikki.linnakangas@i     2010                 :CBC        1250 :     return result;
                               2011                 :                : }
                               2012                 :                : 
                               2013                 :                : /*
                               2014                 :                :  * error context callback for failures in WaitOnLock
                               2015                 :                :  *
                               2016                 :                :  * We report which lock was being waited on, in the same style used in
                               2017                 :                :  * deadlock reports.  This helps with lock timeout errors in particular.
                               2018                 :                :  */
                               2019                 :                : static void
    8 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2020                 :GNC          65 : waitonlock_error_callback(void *arg)
                               2021                 :                : {
                               2022                 :             65 :     LOCALLOCK  *locallock = (LOCALLOCK *) arg;
                               2023                 :             65 :     const LOCKTAG *tag = &locallock->tag.lock;
                               2024                 :             65 :     LOCKMODE    mode = locallock->tag.mode;
                               2025                 :                :     StringInfoData locktagbuf;
                               2026                 :                : 
                               2027                 :             65 :     initStringInfo(&locktagbuf);
                               2028                 :             65 :     DescribeLockTag(&locktagbuf, tag);
                               2029                 :                : 
                               2030                 :            130 :     errcontext("waiting for %s on %s",
                               2031                 :             65 :                GetLockmodeName(tag->locktag_lockmethodid, mode),
                               2032                 :                :                locktagbuf.data);
                               2033                 :             65 : }
                               2034                 :                : 
                               2035                 :                : /*
                               2036                 :                :  * Remove a proc from the wait-queue it is on (caller must know it is on one).
                               2037                 :                :  * This is only used when the proc has failed to get the lock, so we set its
                               2038                 :                :  * waitStatus to PROC_WAIT_STATUS_ERROR.
                               2039                 :                :  *
                               2040                 :                :  * Appropriate partition lock must be held by caller.  Also, caller is
                               2041                 :                :  * responsible for signaling the proc if needed.
                               2042                 :                :  *
                               2043                 :                :  * NB: this does not clean up any locallock object that may exist for the lock.
                               2044                 :                :  */
                               2045                 :                : void
 6985 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2046                 :CBC          44 : RemoveFromWaitQueue(PGPROC *proc, uint32 hashcode)
                               2047                 :                : {
 8934 bruce@momjian.us         2048                 :             44 :     LOCK       *waitLock = proc->waitLock;
 7494 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2049                 :             44 :     PROCLOCK   *proclock = proc->waitProcLock;
 8934 bruce@momjian.us         2050                 :             44 :     LOCKMODE    lockmode = proc->waitLockMode;
 7494 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2051                 :             44 :     LOCKMETHODID lockmethodid = LOCK_LOCKMETHOD(*waitLock);
                               2052                 :                : 
                               2053                 :                :     /* Make sure proc is waiting */
 1907 peter@eisentraut.org     2054         [ -  + ]:             44 :     Assert(proc->waitStatus == PROC_WAIT_STATUS_WAITING);
 6152 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2055         [ -  + ]:             44 :     Assert(proc->links.next != NULL);
 8990                          2056         [ -  + ]:             44 :     Assert(waitLock);
  962 andres@anarazel.de       2057         [ -  + ]:             44 :     Assert(!dclist_is_empty(&waitLock->waitProcs));
 7211 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2058   [ +  -  -  + ]:             44 :     Assert(0 < lockmethodid && lockmethodid < lengthof(LockMethods));
                               2059                 :                : 
                               2060                 :                :     /* Remove proc from lock's wait queue */
  773 msawada@postgresql.o     2061                 :             44 :     dclist_delete_from_thoroughly(&waitLock->waitProcs, &proc->links);
                               2062                 :                : 
                               2063                 :                :     /* Undo increments of request counts by waiting process */
 8990 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2064         [ -  + ]:             44 :     Assert(waitLock->nRequested > 0);
                               2065         [ -  + ]:             44 :     Assert(waitLock->nRequested > proc->waitLock->nGranted);
                               2066                 :             44 :     waitLock->nRequested--;
                               2067         [ -  + ]:             44 :     Assert(waitLock->requested[lockmode] > 0);
                               2068                 :             44 :     waitLock->requested[lockmode]--;
                               2069                 :                :     /* don't forget to clear waitMask bit if appropriate */
                               2070         [ +  - ]:             44 :     if (waitLock->granted[lockmode] == waitLock->requested[lockmode])
 7950 bruce@momjian.us         2071                 :             44 :         waitLock->waitMask &= LOCKBIT_OFF(lockmode);
                               2072                 :                : 
                               2073                 :                :     /* Clean up the proc's own state, and pass it the ok/fail signal */
 8990 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2074                 :             44 :     proc->waitLock = NULL;
 7680                          2075                 :             44 :     proc->waitProcLock = NULL;
 1907 peter@eisentraut.org     2076                 :             44 :     proc->waitStatus = PROC_WAIT_STATUS_ERROR;
                               2077                 :                : 
                               2078                 :                :     /*
                               2079                 :                :      * Delete the proclock immediately if it represents no already-held locks.
                               2080                 :                :      * (This must happen now because if the owner of the lock decides to
                               2081                 :                :      * release it, and the requested/granted counts then go to zero,
                               2082                 :                :      * LockRelease expects there to be no remaining proclocks.) Then see if
                               2083                 :                :      * any other waiters for the lock can be woken up now.
                               2084                 :                :      */
 7209 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2085                 :             44 :     CleanUpLock(waitLock, proclock,
 6985                          2086                 :             44 :                 LockMethods[lockmethodid], hashcode,
                               2087                 :                :                 true);
 8990                          2088                 :             44 : }
                               2089                 :                : 
                               2090                 :                : /*
                               2091                 :                :  * LockRelease -- look up 'locktag' and release one 'lockmode' lock on it.
                               2092                 :                :  *      Release a session lock if 'sessionLock' is true, else release a
                               2093                 :                :  *      regular transaction lock.
                               2094                 :                :  *
                               2095                 :                :  * Side Effects: find any waiting processes that are now wakable,
                               2096                 :                :  *      grant them their requested locks and awaken them.
                               2097                 :                :  *      (We have to grant the lock here to avoid a race between
                               2098                 :                :  *      the waking process and any new process to
                               2099                 :                :  *      come along and request the lock.)
                               2100                 :                :  */
                               2101                 :                : bool
 7211                          2102                 :       16601333 : LockRelease(const LOCKTAG *locktag, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool sessionLock)
                               2103                 :                : {
                               2104                 :       16601333 :     LOCKMETHODID lockmethodid = locktag->locktag_lockmethodid;
                               2105                 :                :     LockMethod  lockMethodTable;
                               2106                 :                :     LOCALLOCKTAG localtag;
                               2107                 :                :     LOCALLOCK  *locallock;
                               2108                 :                :     LOCK       *lock;
                               2109                 :                :     PROCLOCK   *proclock;
                               2110                 :                :     LWLock     *partitionLock;
                               2111                 :                :     bool        wakeupNeeded;
                               2112                 :                : 
                               2113   [ +  -  -  + ]:       16601333 :     if (lockmethodid <= 0 || lockmethodid >= lengthof(LockMethods))
 7211 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2114         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized lock method: %d", lockmethodid);
 7211 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2115                 :CBC    16601333 :     lockMethodTable = LockMethods[lockmethodid];
                               2116   [ +  -  -  + ]:       16601333 :     if (lockmode <= 0 || lockmode > lockMethodTable->numLockModes)
 7211 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2117         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized lock mode: %d", lockmode);
                               2118                 :                : 
                               2119                 :                : #ifdef LOCK_DEBUG
                               2120                 :                :     if (LOCK_DEBUG_ENABLED(locktag))
                               2121                 :                :         elog(LOG, "LockRelease: lock [%u,%u] %s",
                               2122                 :                :              locktag->locktag_field1, locktag->locktag_field2,
                               2123                 :                :              lockMethodTable->lockModeNames[lockmode]);
                               2124                 :                : #endif
                               2125                 :                : 
                               2126                 :                :     /*
                               2127                 :                :      * Find the LOCALLOCK entry for this lock and lockmode
                               2128                 :                :      */
 2999 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2129   [ +  -  -  +  :CBC    16601333 :     MemSet(&localtag, 0, sizeof(localtag)); /* must clear padding */
                                     -  -  -  -  -  
                                                 - ]
 7680                          2130                 :       16601333 :     localtag.lock = *locktag;
                               2131                 :       16601333 :     localtag.mode = lockmode;
                               2132                 :                : 
 7211                          2133                 :       16601333 :     locallock = (LOCALLOCK *) hash_search(LockMethodLocalHash,
                               2134                 :                :                                           &localtag,
                               2135                 :                :                                           HASH_FIND, NULL);
                               2136                 :                : 
                               2137                 :                :     /*
                               2138                 :                :      * let the caller print its own error message, too. Do not ereport(ERROR).
                               2139                 :                :      */
 7680                          2140   [ +  +  -  + ]:       16601333 :     if (!locallock || locallock->nLocks <= 0)
                               2141                 :                :     {
                               2142         [ +  - ]:             13 :         elog(WARNING, "you don't own a lock of type %s",
                               2143                 :                :              lockMethodTable->lockModeNames[lockmode]);
 2943 peter_e@gmx.net          2144                 :             13 :         return false;
                               2145                 :                :     }
                               2146                 :                : 
                               2147                 :                :     /*
                               2148                 :                :      * Decrease the count for the resource owner.
                               2149                 :                :      */
                               2150                 :                :     {
 7680 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2151                 :       16601320 :         LOCALLOCKOWNER *lockOwners = locallock->lockOwners;
                               2152                 :                :         ResourceOwner owner;
                               2153                 :                :         int         i;
                               2154                 :                : 
                               2155                 :                :         /* Identify owner for lock */
 4873                          2156         [ +  + ]:       16601320 :         if (sessionLock)
 7680                          2157                 :          39171 :             owner = NULL;
                               2158                 :                :         else
 4873                          2159                 :       16562149 :             owner = CurrentResourceOwner;
                               2160                 :                : 
 7680                          2161         [ +  + ]:       16602178 :         for (i = locallock->numLockOwners - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                               2162                 :                :         {
                               2163         [ +  + ]:       16602166 :             if (lockOwners[i].owner == owner)
                               2164                 :                :             {
                               2165         [ -  + ]:       16601308 :                 Assert(lockOwners[i].nLocks > 0);
                               2166         [ +  + ]:       16601308 :                 if (--lockOwners[i].nLocks == 0)
                               2167                 :                :                 {
 4825 heikki.linnakangas@i     2168         [ +  + ]:       16029085 :                     if (owner != NULL)
                               2169                 :       15989947 :                         ResourceOwnerForgetLock(owner, locallock);
                               2170                 :                :                     /* compact out unused slot */
 7680 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2171                 :       16029085 :                     locallock->numLockOwners--;
                               2172         [ +  + ]:       16029085 :                     if (i < locallock->numLockOwners)
                               2173                 :             54 :                         lockOwners[i] = lockOwners[locallock->numLockOwners];
                               2174                 :                :                 }
                               2175                 :       16601308 :                 break;
                               2176                 :                :             }
                               2177                 :                :         }
                               2178         [ +  + ]:       16601320 :         if (i < 0)
                               2179                 :                :         {
                               2180                 :                :             /* don't release a lock belonging to another owner */
                               2181         [ +  - ]:             12 :             elog(WARNING, "you don't own a lock of type %s",
                               2182                 :                :                  lockMethodTable->lockModeNames[lockmode]);
 2943 peter_e@gmx.net          2183                 :             12 :             return false;
                               2184                 :                :         }
                               2185                 :                :     }
                               2186                 :                : 
                               2187                 :                :     /*
                               2188                 :                :      * Decrease the total local count.  If we're still holding the lock, we're
                               2189                 :                :      * done.
                               2190                 :                :      */
 7680 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2191                 :       16601308 :     locallock->nLocks--;
                               2192                 :                : 
                               2193         [ +  + ]:       16601308 :     if (locallock->nLocks > 0)
 2943 peter_e@gmx.net          2194                 :         923566 :         return true;
                               2195                 :                : 
                               2196                 :                :     /*
                               2197                 :                :      * At this point we can no longer suppose we are clear of invalidation
                               2198                 :                :      * messages related to this lock.  Although we'll delete the LOCALLOCK
                               2199                 :                :      * object before any intentional return from this routine, it seems worth
                               2200                 :                :      * the trouble to explicitly reset lockCleared right now, just in case
                               2201                 :                :      * some error prevents us from deleting the LOCALLOCK.
                               2202                 :                :      */
 2556 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2203                 :       15677742 :     locallock->lockCleared = false;
                               2204                 :                : 
                               2205                 :                :     /* Attempt fast release of any lock eligible for the fast path. */
 4301                          2206   [ +  +  +  +  :       15677742 :     if (EligibleForRelationFastPath(locktag, lockmode) &&
                                     +  +  +  +  +  
                                                 + ]
  350 tomas.vondra@postgre     2207         [ +  + ]:       14494307 :         FastPathLocalUseCounts[FAST_PATH_REL_GROUP(locktag->locktag_field2)] > 0)
                               2208                 :                :     {
                               2209                 :                :         bool        released;
                               2210                 :                : 
                               2211                 :                :         /*
                               2212                 :                :          * We might not find the lock here, even if we originally entered it
                               2213                 :                :          * here.  Another backend may have moved it to the main table.
                               2214                 :                :          */
 1940 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2215                 :       14204256 :         LWLockAcquire(&MyProc->fpInfoLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
 5163 rhaas@postgresql.org     2216                 :       14204256 :         released = FastPathUnGrantRelationLock(locktag->locktag_field2,
                               2217                 :                :                                                lockmode);
 1940 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2218                 :       14204256 :         LWLockRelease(&MyProc->fpInfoLock);
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     2219         [ +  + ]:       14204256 :         if (released)
                               2220                 :                :         {
                               2221                 :       14003268 :             RemoveLocalLock(locallock);
 2943 peter_e@gmx.net          2222                 :       14003268 :             return true;
                               2223                 :                :         }
                               2224                 :                :     }
                               2225                 :                : 
                               2226                 :                :     /*
                               2227                 :                :      * Otherwise we've got to mess with the shared lock table.
                               2228                 :                :      */
 6985 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2229                 :        1674474 :     partitionLock = LockHashPartitionLock(locallock->hashcode);
                               2230                 :                : 
 7209                          2231                 :        1674474 :     LWLockAcquire(partitionLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                               2232                 :                : 
                               2233                 :                :     /*
                               2234                 :                :      * Normally, we don't need to re-find the lock or proclock, since we kept
                               2235                 :                :      * their addresses in the locallock table, and they couldn't have been
                               2236                 :                :      * removed while we were holding a lock on them.  But it's possible that
                               2237                 :                :      * the lock was taken fast-path and has since been moved to the main hash
                               2238                 :                :      * table by another backend, in which case we will need to look up the
                               2239                 :                :      * objects here.  We assume the lock field is NULL if so.
                               2240                 :                :      */
 7680                          2241                 :        1674474 :     lock = locallock->lock;
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     2242         [ +  + ]:        1674474 :     if (!lock)
                               2243                 :                :     {
                               2244                 :                :         PROCLOCKTAG proclocktag;
                               2245                 :                : 
 4847                          2246   [ +  -  +  -  :             10 :         Assert(EligibleForRelationFastPath(locktag, lockmode));
                                     +  -  +  -  -  
                                                 + ]
 5215                          2247                 :             10 :         lock = (LOCK *) hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodLockHash,
                               2248                 :                :                                                     locktag,
                               2249                 :                :                                                     locallock->hashcode,
                               2250                 :                :                                                     HASH_FIND,
                               2251                 :                :                                                     NULL);
 4301 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2252         [ -  + ]:             10 :         if (!lock)
 4301 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2253         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             elog(ERROR, "failed to re-find shared lock object");
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     2254                 :CBC          10 :         locallock->lock = lock;
                               2255                 :                : 
                               2256                 :             10 :         proclocktag.myLock = lock;
                               2257                 :             10 :         proclocktag.myProc = MyProc;
                               2258                 :             10 :         locallock->proclock = (PROCLOCK *) hash_search(LockMethodProcLockHash,
                               2259                 :                :                                                        &proclocktag,
                               2260                 :                :                                                        HASH_FIND,
                               2261                 :                :                                                        NULL);
 4301 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2262         [ -  + ]:             10 :         if (!locallock->proclock)
 4301 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2263         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             elog(ERROR, "failed to re-find shared proclock object");
                               2264                 :                :     }
                               2265                 :                :     LOCK_PRINT("LockRelease: found", lock, lockmode);
 7680 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2266                 :CBC     1674474 :     proclock = locallock->proclock;
                               2267                 :                :     PROCLOCK_PRINT("LockRelease: found", proclock);
                               2268                 :                : 
                               2269                 :                :     /*
                               2270                 :                :      * Double-check that we are actually holding a lock of the type we want to
                               2271                 :                :      * release.
                               2272                 :                :      */
                               2273         [ -  + ]:        1674474 :     if (!(proclock->holdMask & LOCKBIT_ON(lockmode)))
                               2274                 :                :     {
                               2275                 :                :         PROCLOCK_PRINT("LockRelease: WRONGTYPE", proclock);
 7209 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2276                 :UBC           0 :         LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
 8080                          2277         [ #  # ]:              0 :         elog(WARNING, "you don't own a lock of type %s",
                               2278                 :                :              lockMethodTable->lockModeNames[lockmode]);
 7680                          2279                 :              0 :         RemoveLocalLock(locallock);
 2943 peter_e@gmx.net          2280                 :              0 :         return false;
                               2281                 :                :     }
                               2282                 :                : 
                               2283                 :                :     /*
                               2284                 :                :      * Do the releasing.  CleanUpLock will waken any now-wakable waiters.
                               2285                 :                :      */
 7415 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2286                 :CBC     1674474 :     wakeupNeeded = UnGrantLock(lock, lockmode, proclock, lockMethodTable);
                               2287                 :                : 
 7209                          2288                 :        1674474 :     CleanUpLock(lock, proclock,
                               2289                 :                :                 lockMethodTable, locallock->hashcode,
                               2290                 :                :                 wakeupNeeded);
                               2291                 :                : 
                               2292                 :        1674474 :     LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                               2293                 :                : 
 7680                          2294                 :        1674474 :     RemoveLocalLock(locallock);
 2943 peter_e@gmx.net          2295                 :        1674474 :     return true;
                               2296                 :                : }
                               2297                 :                : 
                               2298                 :                : /*
                               2299                 :                :  * LockReleaseAll -- Release all locks of the specified lock method that
                               2300                 :                :  *      are held by the current process.
                               2301                 :                :  *
                               2302                 :                :  * Well, not necessarily *all* locks.  The available behaviors are:
                               2303                 :                :  *      allLocks == true: release all locks including session locks.
                               2304                 :                :  *      allLocks == false: release all non-session locks.
                               2305                 :                :  */
                               2306                 :                : void
 7389 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2307                 :         652530 : LockReleaseAll(LOCKMETHODID lockmethodid, bool allLocks)
                               2308                 :                : {
                               2309                 :                :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
                               2310                 :                :     LockMethod  lockMethodTable;
                               2311                 :                :     int         i,
                               2312                 :                :                 numLockModes;
                               2313                 :                :     LOCALLOCK  *locallock;
                               2314                 :                :     LOCK       *lock;
                               2315                 :                :     int         partition;
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     2316                 :         652530 :     bool        have_fast_path_lwlock = false;
                               2317                 :                : 
 7211 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2318   [ +  -  -  + ]:         652530 :     if (lockmethodid <= 0 || lockmethodid >= lengthof(LockMethods))
 7211 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2319         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized lock method: %d", lockmethodid);
 7211 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2320                 :CBC      652530 :     lockMethodTable = LockMethods[lockmethodid];
                               2321                 :                : 
                               2322                 :                : #ifdef LOCK_DEBUG
                               2323                 :                :     if (*(lockMethodTable->trace_flag))
                               2324                 :                :         elog(LOG, "LockReleaseAll: lockmethod=%d", lockmethodid);
                               2325                 :                : #endif
                               2326                 :                : 
                               2327                 :                :     /*
                               2328                 :                :      * Get rid of our fast-path VXID lock, if appropriate.  Note that this is
                               2329                 :                :      * the only way that the lock we hold on our own VXID can ever get
                               2330                 :                :      * released: it is always and only released when a toplevel transaction
                               2331                 :                :      * ends.
                               2332                 :                :      */
 5147 rhaas@postgresql.org     2333         [ +  + ]:         652530 :     if (lockmethodid == DEFAULT_LOCKMETHOD)
                               2334                 :         319077 :         VirtualXactLockTableCleanup();
                               2335                 :                : 
 8451 bruce@momjian.us         2336                 :         652530 :     numLockModes = lockMethodTable->numLockModes;
                               2337                 :                : 
                               2338                 :                :     /*
                               2339                 :                :      * First we run through the locallock table and get rid of unwanted
                               2340                 :                :      * entries, then we scan the process's proclocks and get rid of those. We
                               2341                 :                :      * do this separately because we may have multiple locallock entries
                               2342                 :                :      * pointing to the same proclock, and we daren't end up with any dangling
                               2343                 :                :      * pointers.  Fast-path locks are cleaned up during the locallock table
                               2344                 :                :      * scan, though.
                               2345                 :                :      */
 7211 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2346                 :         652530 :     hash_seq_init(&status, LockMethodLocalHash);
                               2347                 :                : 
 7680                          2348         [ +  + ]:        1689046 :     while ((locallock = (LOCALLOCK *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
                               2349                 :                :     {
                               2350                 :                :         /*
                               2351                 :                :          * If the LOCALLOCK entry is unused, something must've gone wrong
                               2352                 :                :          * while trying to acquire this lock.  Just forget the local entry.
                               2353                 :                :          */
 4847 rhaas@postgresql.org     2354         [ +  + ]:        1036516 :         if (locallock->nLocks == 0)
                               2355                 :                :         {
                               2356                 :             45 :             RemoveLocalLock(locallock);
                               2357                 :             45 :             continue;
                               2358                 :                :         }
                               2359                 :                : 
                               2360                 :                :         /* Ignore items that are not of the lockmethod to be removed */
                               2361         [ +  + ]:        1036471 :         if (LOCALLOCK_LOCKMETHOD(*locallock) != lockmethodid)
                               2362                 :          27521 :             continue;
                               2363                 :                : 
                               2364                 :                :         /*
                               2365                 :                :          * If we are asked to release all locks, we can just zap the entry.
                               2366                 :                :          * Otherwise, must scan to see if there are session locks. We assume
                               2367                 :                :          * there is at most one lockOwners entry for session locks.
                               2368                 :                :          */
                               2369         [ +  + ]:        1008950 :         if (!allLocks)
                               2370                 :                :         {
                               2371                 :         929305 :             LOCALLOCKOWNER *lockOwners = locallock->lockOwners;
                               2372                 :                : 
                               2373                 :                :             /* If session lock is above array position 0, move it down to 0 */
 4483 bruce@momjian.us         2374         [ +  + ]:        1875916 :             for (i = 0; i < locallock->numLockOwners; i++)
                               2375                 :                :             {
 4847 rhaas@postgresql.org     2376         [ +  + ]:         946611 :                 if (lockOwners[i].owner == NULL)
                               2377                 :          27212 :                     lockOwners[0] = lockOwners[i];
                               2378                 :                :                 else
 4825 heikki.linnakangas@i     2379                 :         919399 :                     ResourceOwnerForgetLock(lockOwners[i].owner, locallock);
                               2380                 :                :             }
                               2381                 :                : 
 4847 rhaas@postgresql.org     2382         [ +  - ]:         929305 :             if (locallock->numLockOwners > 0 &&
                               2383         [ +  + ]:         929305 :                 lockOwners[0].owner == NULL &&
                               2384         [ +  - ]:          27212 :                 lockOwners[0].nLocks > 0)
                               2385                 :                :             {
                               2386                 :                :                 /* Fix the locallock to show just the session locks */
                               2387                 :          27212 :                 locallock->nLocks = lockOwners[0].nLocks;
                               2388                 :          27212 :                 locallock->numLockOwners = 1;
                               2389                 :                :                 /* We aren't deleting this locallock, so done */
 5215                          2390                 :          27212 :                 continue;
                               2391                 :                :             }
                               2392                 :                :             else
 4825 heikki.linnakangas@i     2393                 :         902093 :                 locallock->numLockOwners = 0;
                               2394                 :                :         }
                               2395                 :                : 
                               2396                 :                : #ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
                               2397                 :                : 
                               2398                 :                :         /*
                               2399                 :                :          * Tuple locks are currently held only for short durations within a
                               2400                 :                :          * transaction. Check that we didn't forget to release one.
                               2401                 :                :          */
  347 noah@leadboat.com        2402   [ +  +  -  + ]:         981738 :         if (LOCALLOCK_LOCKTAG(*locallock) == LOCKTAG_TUPLE && !allLocks)
  347 noah@leadboat.com        2403         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             elog(WARNING, "tuple lock held at commit");
                               2404                 :                : #endif
                               2405                 :                : 
                               2406                 :                :         /*
                               2407                 :                :          * If the lock or proclock pointers are NULL, this lock was taken via
                               2408                 :                :          * the relation fast-path (and is not known to have been transferred).
                               2409                 :                :          */
 4847 rhaas@postgresql.org     2410   [ +  +  -  + ]:CBC      981738 :         if (locallock->proclock == NULL || locallock->lock == NULL)
                               2411                 :           1117 :         {
                               2412                 :         478479 :             LOCKMODE    lockmode = locallock->tag.mode;
                               2413                 :                :             Oid         relid;
                               2414                 :                : 
                               2415                 :                :             /* Verify that a fast-path lock is what we've got. */
                               2416   [ +  -  +  -  :         478479 :             if (!EligibleForRelationFastPath(&locallock->tag.lock, lockmode))
                                     +  -  +  -  -  
                                                 + ]
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     2417         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                 elog(PANIC, "locallock table corrupted");
                               2418                 :                : 
                               2419                 :                :             /*
                               2420                 :                :              * If we don't currently hold the LWLock that protects our
                               2421                 :                :              * fast-path data structures, we must acquire it before attempting
                               2422                 :                :              * to release the lock via the fast-path.  We will continue to
                               2423                 :                :              * hold the LWLock until we're done scanning the locallock table,
                               2424                 :                :              * unless we hit a transferred fast-path lock.  (XXX is this
                               2425                 :                :              * really such a good idea?  There could be a lot of entries ...)
                               2426                 :                :              */
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     2427         [ +  + ]:CBC      478479 :             if (!have_fast_path_lwlock)
                               2428                 :                :             {
 1940 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2429                 :         143633 :                 LWLockAcquire(&MyProc->fpInfoLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     2430                 :         143633 :                 have_fast_path_lwlock = true;
                               2431                 :                :             }
                               2432                 :                : 
                               2433                 :                :             /* Attempt fast-path release. */
                               2434                 :         478479 :             relid = locallock->tag.lock.locktag_field2;
 5163                          2435         [ +  + ]:         478479 :             if (FastPathUnGrantRelationLock(relid, lockmode))
                               2436                 :                :             {
 5215                          2437                 :         477362 :                 RemoveLocalLock(locallock);
                               2438                 :         477362 :                 continue;
                               2439                 :                :             }
                               2440                 :                : 
                               2441                 :                :             /*
                               2442                 :                :              * Our lock, originally taken via the fast path, has been
                               2443                 :                :              * transferred to the main lock table.  That's going to require
                               2444                 :                :              * some extra work, so release our fast-path lock before starting.
                               2445                 :                :              */
 1940 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2446                 :           1117 :             LWLockRelease(&MyProc->fpInfoLock);
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     2447                 :           1117 :             have_fast_path_lwlock = false;
                               2448                 :                : 
                               2449                 :                :             /*
                               2450                 :                :              * Now dump the lock.  We haven't got a pointer to the LOCK or
                               2451                 :                :              * PROCLOCK in this case, so we have to handle this a bit
                               2452                 :                :              * differently than a normal lock release.  Unfortunately, this
                               2453                 :                :              * requires an extra LWLock acquire-and-release cycle on the
                               2454                 :                :              * partitionLock, but hopefully it shouldn't happen often.
                               2455                 :                :              */
                               2456                 :           1117 :             LockRefindAndRelease(lockMethodTable, MyProc,
                               2457                 :                :                                  &locallock->tag.lock, lockmode, false);
 7680 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2458                 :           1117 :             RemoveLocalLock(locallock);
                               2459                 :           1117 :             continue;
                               2460                 :                :         }
                               2461                 :                : 
                               2462                 :                :         /* Mark the proclock to show we need to release this lockmode */
 7389                          2463         [ +  - ]:         503259 :         if (locallock->nLocks > 0)
                               2464                 :         503259 :             locallock->proclock->releaseMask |= LOCKBIT_ON(locallock->tag.mode);
                               2465                 :                : 
                               2466                 :                :         /* And remove the locallock hashtable entry */
 7680                          2467                 :         503259 :         RemoveLocalLock(locallock);
                               2468                 :                :     }
                               2469                 :                : 
                               2470                 :                :     /* Done with the fast-path data structures */
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     2471         [ +  + ]:         652530 :     if (have_fast_path_lwlock)
 1940 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2472                 :         142516 :         LWLockRelease(&MyProc->fpInfoLock);
                               2473                 :                : 
                               2474                 :                :     /*
                               2475                 :                :      * Now, scan each lock partition separately.
                               2476                 :                :      */
 7209                          2477         [ +  + ]:       11093010 :     for (partition = 0; partition < NUM_LOCK_PARTITIONS; partition++)
                               2478                 :                :     {
                               2479                 :                :         LWLock     *partitionLock;
  962 andres@anarazel.de       2480                 :       10440480 :         dlist_head *procLocks = &MyProc->myProcLocks[partition];
                               2481                 :                :         dlist_mutable_iter proclock_iter;
                               2482                 :                : 
 4240 rhaas@postgresql.org     2483                 :       10440480 :         partitionLock = LockHashPartitionLockByIndex(partition);
                               2484                 :                : 
                               2485                 :                :         /*
                               2486                 :                :          * If the proclock list for this partition is empty, we can skip
                               2487                 :                :          * acquiring the partition lock.  This optimization is trickier than
                               2488                 :                :          * it looks, because another backend could be in process of adding
                               2489                 :                :          * something to our proclock list due to promoting one of our
                               2490                 :                :          * fast-path locks.  However, any such lock must be one that we
                               2491                 :                :          * decided not to delete above, so it's okay to skip it again now;
                               2492                 :                :          * we'd just decide not to delete it again.  We must, however, be
                               2493                 :                :          * careful to re-fetch the list header once we've acquired the
                               2494                 :                :          * partition lock, to be sure we have a valid, up-to-date pointer.
                               2495                 :                :          * (There is probably no significant risk if pointer fetch/store is
                               2496                 :                :          * atomic, but we don't wish to assume that.)
                               2497                 :                :          *
                               2498                 :                :          * XXX This argument assumes that the locallock table correctly
                               2499                 :                :          * represents all of our fast-path locks.  While allLocks mode
                               2500                 :                :          * guarantees to clean up all of our normal locks regardless of the
                               2501                 :                :          * locallock situation, we lose that guarantee for fast-path locks.
                               2502                 :                :          * This is not ideal.
                               2503                 :                :          */
  962 andres@anarazel.de       2504         [ +  + ]:       10440480 :         if (dlist_is_empty(procLocks))
 7209 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2505                 :       10024933 :             continue;           /* needn't examine this partition */
                               2506                 :                : 
                               2507                 :         415547 :         LWLockAcquire(partitionLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                               2508                 :                : 
  962 andres@anarazel.de       2509   [ +  -  +  + ]:         937726 :         dlist_foreach_modify(proclock_iter, procLocks)
                               2510                 :                :         {
                               2511                 :         522179 :             PROCLOCK   *proclock = dlist_container(PROCLOCK, procLink, proclock_iter.cur);
 7209 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2512                 :         522179 :             bool        wakeupNeeded = false;
                               2513                 :                : 
 6985                          2514         [ -  + ]:         522179 :             Assert(proclock->tag.myProc == MyProc);
                               2515                 :                : 
                               2516                 :         522179 :             lock = proclock->tag.myLock;
                               2517                 :                : 
                               2518                 :                :             /* Ignore items that are not of the lockmethod to be removed */
 7209                          2519         [ +  + ]:         522179 :             if (LOCK_LOCKMETHOD(*lock) != lockmethodid)
 4300                          2520                 :          27519 :                 continue;
                               2521                 :                : 
                               2522                 :                :             /*
                               2523                 :                :              * In allLocks mode, force release of all locks even if locallock
                               2524                 :                :              * table had problems
                               2525                 :                :              */
 7209                          2526         [ +  + ]:         494660 :             if (allLocks)
                               2527                 :          43407 :                 proclock->releaseMask = proclock->holdMask;
                               2528                 :                :             else
                               2529         [ -  + ]:         451253 :                 Assert((proclock->releaseMask & ~proclock->holdMask) == 0);
                               2530                 :                : 
                               2531                 :                :             /*
                               2532                 :                :              * Ignore items that have nothing to be released, unless they have
                               2533                 :                :              * holdMask == 0 and are therefore recyclable
                               2534                 :                :              */
                               2535   [ +  +  +  - ]:         494660 :             if (proclock->releaseMask == 0 && proclock->holdMask != 0)
 4300                          2536                 :          26526 :                 continue;
                               2537                 :                : 
                               2538                 :                :             PROCLOCK_PRINT("LockReleaseAll", proclock);
                               2539                 :                :             LOCK_PRINT("LockReleaseAll", lock, 0);
 7209                          2540         [ -  + ]:         468134 :             Assert(lock->nRequested >= 0);
                               2541         [ -  + ]:         468134 :             Assert(lock->nGranted >= 0);
                               2542         [ -  + ]:         468134 :             Assert(lock->nGranted <= lock->nRequested);
                               2543         [ -  + ]:         468134 :             Assert((proclock->holdMask & ~lock->grantMask) == 0);
                               2544                 :                : 
                               2545                 :                :             /*
                               2546                 :                :              * Release the previously-marked lock modes
                               2547                 :                :              */
                               2548         [ +  + ]:        4213206 :             for (i = 1; i <= numLockModes; i++)
                               2549                 :                :             {
                               2550         [ +  + ]:        3745072 :                 if (proclock->releaseMask & LOCKBIT_ON(i))
                               2551                 :         503260 :                     wakeupNeeded |= UnGrantLock(lock, i, proclock,
                               2552                 :                :                                                 lockMethodTable);
                               2553                 :                :             }
                               2554   [ +  -  -  + ]:         468134 :             Assert((lock->nRequested >= 0) && (lock->nGranted >= 0));
                               2555         [ -  + ]:         468134 :             Assert(lock->nGranted <= lock->nRequested);
                               2556                 :                :             LOCK_PRINT("LockReleaseAll: updated", lock, 0);
                               2557                 :                : 
                               2558                 :         468134 :             proclock->releaseMask = 0;
                               2559                 :                : 
                               2560                 :                :             /* CleanUpLock will wake up waiters if needed. */
                               2561                 :         468134 :             CleanUpLock(lock, proclock,
                               2562                 :                :                         lockMethodTable,
 6985                          2563                 :         468134 :                         LockTagHashCode(&lock->tag),
                               2564                 :                :                         wakeupNeeded);
                               2565                 :                :         }                       /* loop over PROCLOCKs within this partition */
                               2566                 :                : 
 7209                          2567                 :         415547 :         LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                               2568                 :                :     }                           /* loop over partitions */
                               2569                 :                : 
                               2570                 :                : #ifdef LOCK_DEBUG
                               2571                 :                :     if (*(lockMethodTable->trace_flag))
                               2572                 :                :         elog(LOG, "LockReleaseAll done");
                               2573                 :                : #endif
10651 scrappy@hub.org          2574                 :         652530 : }
                               2575                 :                : 
                               2576                 :                : /*
                               2577                 :                :  * LockReleaseSession -- Release all session locks of the specified lock method
                               2578                 :                :  *      that are held by the current process.
                               2579                 :                :  */
                               2580                 :                : void
 4873 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2581                 :            119 : LockReleaseSession(LOCKMETHODID lockmethodid)
                               2582                 :                : {
                               2583                 :                :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
                               2584                 :                :     LOCALLOCK  *locallock;
                               2585                 :                : 
                               2586   [ +  -  -  + ]:            119 :     if (lockmethodid <= 0 || lockmethodid >= lengthof(LockMethods))
 4873 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2587         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized lock method: %d", lockmethodid);
                               2588                 :                : 
 4873 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2589                 :CBC         119 :     hash_seq_init(&status, LockMethodLocalHash);
                               2590                 :                : 
                               2591         [ +  + ]:            226 :     while ((locallock = (LOCALLOCK *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
                               2592                 :                :     {
                               2593                 :                :         /* Ignore items that are not of the specified lock method */
                               2594         [ +  + ]:            107 :         if (LOCALLOCK_LOCKMETHOD(*locallock) != lockmethodid)
                               2595                 :             10 :             continue;
                               2596                 :                : 
                               2597                 :             97 :         ReleaseLockIfHeld(locallock, true);
                               2598                 :                :     }
                               2599                 :            119 : }
                               2600                 :                : 
                               2601                 :                : /*
                               2602                 :                :  * LockReleaseCurrentOwner
                               2603                 :                :  *      Release all locks belonging to CurrentResourceOwner
                               2604                 :                :  *
                               2605                 :                :  * If the caller knows what those locks are, it can pass them as an array.
                               2606                 :                :  * That speeds up the call significantly, when a lot of locks are held.
                               2607                 :                :  * Otherwise, pass NULL for locallocks, and we'll traverse through our hash
                               2608                 :                :  * table to find them.
                               2609                 :                :  */
                               2610                 :                : void
 4825 heikki.linnakangas@i     2611                 :           5330 : LockReleaseCurrentOwner(LOCALLOCK **locallocks, int nlocks)
                               2612                 :                : {
                               2613         [ +  + ]:           5330 :     if (locallocks == NULL)
                               2614                 :                :     {
                               2615                 :                :         HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
                               2616                 :                :         LOCALLOCK  *locallock;
                               2617                 :                : 
                               2618                 :              4 :         hash_seq_init(&status, LockMethodLocalHash);
                               2619                 :                : 
                               2620         [ +  + ]:            272 :         while ((locallock = (LOCALLOCK *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
                               2621                 :            268 :             ReleaseLockIfHeld(locallock, false);
                               2622                 :                :     }
                               2623                 :                :     else
                               2624                 :                :     {
                               2625                 :                :         int         i;
                               2626                 :                : 
                               2627         [ +  + ]:           7858 :         for (i = nlocks - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                               2628                 :           2532 :             ReleaseLockIfHeld(locallocks[i], false);
                               2629                 :                :     }
 5314 itagaki.takahiro@gma     2630                 :           5330 : }
                               2631                 :                : 
                               2632                 :                : /*
                               2633                 :                :  * ReleaseLockIfHeld
                               2634                 :                :  *      Release any session-level locks on this lockable object if sessionLock
                               2635                 :                :  *      is true; else, release any locks held by CurrentResourceOwner.
                               2636                 :                :  *
                               2637                 :                :  * It is tempting to pass this a ResourceOwner pointer (or NULL for session
                               2638                 :                :  * locks), but without refactoring LockRelease() we cannot support releasing
                               2639                 :                :  * locks belonging to resource owners other than CurrentResourceOwner.
                               2640                 :                :  * If we were to refactor, it'd be a good idea to fix it so we don't have to
                               2641                 :                :  * do a hashtable lookup of the locallock, too.  However, currently this
                               2642                 :                :  * function isn't used heavily enough to justify refactoring for its
                               2643                 :                :  * convenience.
                               2644                 :                :  */
                               2645                 :                : static void
 4873 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2646                 :           2897 : ReleaseLockIfHeld(LOCALLOCK *locallock, bool sessionLock)
                               2647                 :                : {
                               2648                 :                :     ResourceOwner owner;
                               2649                 :                :     LOCALLOCKOWNER *lockOwners;
                               2650                 :                :     int         i;
                               2651                 :                : 
                               2652                 :                :     /* Identify owner for lock (must match LockRelease!) */
                               2653         [ +  + ]:           2897 :     if (sessionLock)
                               2654                 :             97 :         owner = NULL;
                               2655                 :                :     else
                               2656                 :           2800 :         owner = CurrentResourceOwner;
                               2657                 :                : 
                               2658                 :                :     /* Scan to see if there are any locks belonging to the target owner */
 5314 itagaki.takahiro@gma     2659                 :           2897 :     lockOwners = locallock->lockOwners;
                               2660         [ +  + ]:           3090 :     for (i = locallock->numLockOwners - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                               2661                 :                :     {
                               2662         [ +  + ]:           2897 :         if (lockOwners[i].owner == owner)
                               2663                 :                :         {
                               2664         [ -  + ]:           2704 :             Assert(lockOwners[i].nLocks > 0);
                               2665         [ +  + ]:           2704 :             if (lockOwners[i].nLocks < locallock->nLocks)
                               2666                 :                :             {
                               2667                 :                :                 /*
                               2668                 :                :                  * We will still hold this lock after forgetting this
                               2669                 :                :                  * ResourceOwner.
                               2670                 :                :                  */
                               2671                 :            696 :                 locallock->nLocks -= lockOwners[i].nLocks;
                               2672                 :                :                 /* compact out unused slot */
                               2673                 :            696 :                 locallock->numLockOwners--;
 4825 heikki.linnakangas@i     2674         [ +  - ]:            696 :                 if (owner != NULL)
                               2675                 :            696 :                     ResourceOwnerForgetLock(owner, locallock);
 5314 itagaki.takahiro@gma     2676         [ -  + ]:            696 :                 if (i < locallock->numLockOwners)
 5314 itagaki.takahiro@gma     2677                 :UBC           0 :                     lockOwners[i] = lockOwners[locallock->numLockOwners];
                               2678                 :                :             }
                               2679                 :                :             else
                               2680                 :                :             {
 5314 itagaki.takahiro@gma     2681         [ -  + ]:CBC        2008 :                 Assert(lockOwners[i].nLocks == locallock->nLocks);
                               2682                 :                :                 /* We want to call LockRelease just once */
                               2683                 :           2008 :                 lockOwners[i].nLocks = 1;
                               2684                 :           2008 :                 locallock->nLocks = 1;
                               2685         [ -  + ]:           2008 :                 if (!LockRelease(&locallock->tag.lock,
                               2686                 :                :                                  locallock->tag.mode,
                               2687                 :                :                                  sessionLock))
 4873 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2688         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                     elog(WARNING, "ReleaseLockIfHeld: failed??");
                               2689                 :                :             }
 5314 itagaki.takahiro@gma     2690                 :CBC        2704 :             break;
                               2691                 :                :         }
                               2692                 :                :     }
 7680 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2693                 :           2897 : }
                               2694                 :                : 
                               2695                 :                : /*
                               2696                 :                :  * LockReassignCurrentOwner
                               2697                 :                :  *      Reassign all locks belonging to CurrentResourceOwner to belong
                               2698                 :                :  *      to its parent resource owner.
                               2699                 :                :  *
                               2700                 :                :  * If the caller knows what those locks are, it can pass them as an array.
                               2701                 :                :  * That speeds up the call significantly, when a lot of locks are held
                               2702                 :                :  * (e.g pg_dump with a large schema).  Otherwise, pass NULL for locallocks,
                               2703                 :                :  * and we'll traverse through our hash table to find them.
                               2704                 :                :  */
                               2705                 :                : void
 4825 heikki.linnakangas@i     2706                 :         346819 : LockReassignCurrentOwner(LOCALLOCK **locallocks, int nlocks)
                               2707                 :                : {
 7680 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2708                 :         346819 :     ResourceOwner parent = ResourceOwnerGetParent(CurrentResourceOwner);
                               2709                 :                : 
                               2710         [ -  + ]:         346819 :     Assert(parent != NULL);
                               2711                 :                : 
 4825 heikki.linnakangas@i     2712         [ +  + ]:         346819 :     if (locallocks == NULL)
                               2713                 :                :     {
                               2714                 :                :         HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
                               2715                 :                :         LOCALLOCK  *locallock;
                               2716                 :                : 
                               2717                 :           3462 :         hash_seq_init(&status, LockMethodLocalHash);
                               2718                 :                : 
                               2719         [ +  + ]:          96266 :         while ((locallock = (LOCALLOCK *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
                               2720                 :          92804 :             LockReassignOwner(locallock, parent);
                               2721                 :                :     }
                               2722                 :                :     else
                               2723                 :                :     {
                               2724                 :                :         int         i;
                               2725                 :                : 
                               2726         [ +  + ]:         738047 :         for (i = nlocks - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                               2727                 :         394690 :             LockReassignOwner(locallocks[i], parent);
                               2728                 :                :     }
                               2729                 :         346819 : }
                               2730                 :                : 
                               2731                 :                : /*
                               2732                 :                :  * Subroutine of LockReassignCurrentOwner. Reassigns a given lock belonging to
                               2733                 :                :  * CurrentResourceOwner to its parent.
                               2734                 :                :  */
                               2735                 :                : static void
                               2736                 :         487494 : LockReassignOwner(LOCALLOCK *locallock, ResourceOwner parent)
                               2737                 :                : {
                               2738                 :                :     LOCALLOCKOWNER *lockOwners;
                               2739                 :                :     int         i;
                               2740                 :         487494 :     int         ic = -1;
                               2741                 :         487494 :     int         ip = -1;
                               2742                 :                : 
                               2743                 :                :     /*
                               2744                 :                :      * Scan to see if there are any locks belonging to current owner or its
                               2745                 :                :      * parent
                               2746                 :                :      */
                               2747                 :         487494 :     lockOwners = locallock->lockOwners;
                               2748         [ +  + ]:        1138860 :     for (i = locallock->numLockOwners - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                               2749                 :                :     {
                               2750         [ +  + ]:         651366 :         if (lockOwners[i].owner == CurrentResourceOwner)
                               2751                 :         474088 :             ic = i;
                               2752         [ +  + ]:         177278 :         else if (lockOwners[i].owner == parent)
                               2753                 :         134868 :             ip = i;
                               2754                 :                :     }
                               2755                 :                : 
                               2756         [ +  + ]:         487494 :     if (ic < 0)
 4483 bruce@momjian.us         2757                 :          13406 :         return;                 /* no current locks */
                               2758                 :                : 
 4825 heikki.linnakangas@i     2759         [ +  + ]:         474088 :     if (ip < 0)
                               2760                 :                :     {
                               2761                 :                :         /* Parent has no slot, so just give it the child's slot */
                               2762                 :         352595 :         lockOwners[ic].owner = parent;
                               2763                 :         352595 :         ResourceOwnerRememberLock(parent, locallock);
                               2764                 :                :     }
                               2765                 :                :     else
                               2766                 :                :     {
                               2767                 :                :         /* Merge child's count with parent's */
                               2768                 :         121493 :         lockOwners[ip].nLocks += lockOwners[ic].nLocks;
                               2769                 :                :         /* compact out unused slot */
                               2770                 :         121493 :         locallock->numLockOwners--;
                               2771         [ +  + ]:         121493 :         if (ic < locallock->numLockOwners)
                               2772                 :            775 :             lockOwners[ic] = lockOwners[locallock->numLockOwners];
                               2773                 :                :     }
                               2774                 :         474088 :     ResourceOwnerForgetLock(CurrentResourceOwner, locallock);
                               2775                 :                : }
                               2776                 :                : 
                               2777                 :                : /*
                               2778                 :                :  * FastPathGrantRelationLock
                               2779                 :                :  *      Grant lock using per-backend fast-path array, if there is space.
                               2780                 :                :  */
                               2781                 :                : static bool
 5163 rhaas@postgresql.org     2782                 :       14482056 : FastPathGrantRelationLock(Oid relid, LOCKMODE lockmode)
                               2783                 :                : {
                               2784                 :                :     uint32      i;
  186 tomas.vondra@postgre     2785                 :       14482056 :     uint32      unused_slot = FastPathLockSlotsPerBackend();
                               2786                 :                : 
                               2787                 :                :     /* fast-path group the lock belongs to */
  350                          2788                 :       14482056 :     uint32      group = FAST_PATH_REL_GROUP(relid);
                               2789                 :                : 
                               2790                 :                :     /* Scan for existing entry for this relid, remembering empty slot. */
                               2791         [ +  + ]:      245482793 :     for (i = 0; i < FP_LOCK_SLOTS_PER_GROUP; i++)
                               2792                 :                :     {
                               2793                 :                :         /* index into the whole per-backend array */
                               2794   [ -  +  -  + ]:      231480841 :         uint32      f = FAST_PATH_SLOT(group, i);
                               2795                 :                : 
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     2796   [ -  +  -  +  :      231480841 :         if (FAST_PATH_GET_BITS(MyProc, f) == 0)
                                              +  + ]
                               2797                 :      223333547 :             unused_slot = f;
                               2798         [ +  + ]:        8147294 :         else if (MyProc->fpRelId[f] == relid)
                               2799                 :                :         {
                               2800   [ -  +  -  +  :         480104 :             Assert(!FAST_PATH_CHECK_LOCKMODE(MyProc, f, lockmode));
                                     -  +  -  +  -  
                                           +  -  + ]
                               2801   [ -  +  -  +  :         480104 :             FAST_PATH_SET_LOCKMODE(MyProc, f, lockmode);
                                     -  +  -  +  -  
                                                 + ]
                               2802                 :         480104 :             return true;
                               2803                 :                :         }
                               2804                 :                :     }
                               2805                 :                : 
                               2806                 :                :     /* If no existing entry, use any empty slot. */
  186 tomas.vondra@postgre     2807         [ +  - ]:       14001952 :     if (unused_slot < FastPathLockSlotsPerBackend())
                               2808                 :                :     {
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     2809                 :       14001952 :         MyProc->fpRelId[unused_slot] = relid;
                               2810   [ -  +  -  +  :       14001952 :         FAST_PATH_SET_LOCKMODE(MyProc, unused_slot, lockmode);
                                     -  +  -  +  -  
                                                 + ]
  350 tomas.vondra@postgre     2811                 :       14001952 :         ++FastPathLocalUseCounts[group];
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     2812                 :       14001952 :         return true;
                               2813                 :                :     }
                               2814                 :                : 
                               2815                 :                :     /* No existing entry, and no empty slot. */
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     2816                 :UBC           0 :     return false;
                               2817                 :                : }
                               2818                 :                : 
                               2819                 :                : /*
                               2820                 :                :  * FastPathUnGrantRelationLock
                               2821                 :                :  *      Release fast-path lock, if present.  Update backend-private local
                               2822                 :                :  *      use count, while we're at it.
                               2823                 :                :  */
                               2824                 :                : static bool
 5163 rhaas@postgresql.org     2825                 :CBC    14682735 : FastPathUnGrantRelationLock(Oid relid, LOCKMODE lockmode)
                               2826                 :                : {
                               2827                 :                :     uint32      i;
 5215                          2828                 :       14682735 :     bool        result = false;
                               2829                 :                : 
                               2830                 :                :     /* fast-path group the lock belongs to */
  350 tomas.vondra@postgre     2831                 :       14682735 :     uint32      group = FAST_PATH_REL_GROUP(relid);
                               2832                 :                : 
                               2833                 :       14682735 :     FastPathLocalUseCounts[group] = 0;
                               2834         [ +  + ]:      249606495 :     for (i = 0; i < FP_LOCK_SLOTS_PER_GROUP; i++)
                               2835                 :                :     {
                               2836                 :                :         /* index into the whole per-backend array */
                               2837   [ -  +  -  + ]:      234923760 :         uint32      f = FAST_PATH_SLOT(group, i);
                               2838                 :                : 
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     2839         [ +  + ]:      234923760 :         if (MyProc->fpRelId[f] == relid
                               2840   [ -  +  -  +  :       19913350 :             && FAST_PATH_CHECK_LOCKMODE(MyProc, f, lockmode))
                                     -  +  -  +  -  
                                           +  +  + ]
                               2841                 :                :         {
                               2842         [ -  + ]:       14480630 :             Assert(!result);
                               2843   [ -  +  -  +  :       14480630 :             FAST_PATH_CLEAR_LOCKMODE(MyProc, f, lockmode);
                                     -  +  -  +  -  
                                                 + ]
                               2844                 :       14480630 :             result = true;
                               2845                 :                :             /* we continue iterating so as to update FastPathLocalUseCount */
                               2846                 :                :         }
                               2847   [ -  +  -  +  :      234923760 :         if (FAST_PATH_GET_BITS(MyProc, f) != 0)
                                              +  + ]
  350 tomas.vondra@postgre     2848                 :       11079442 :             ++FastPathLocalUseCounts[group];
                               2849                 :                :     }
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     2850                 :       14682735 :     return result;
                               2851                 :                : }
                               2852                 :                : 
                               2853                 :                : /*
                               2854                 :                :  * FastPathTransferRelationLocks
                               2855                 :                :  *      Transfer locks matching the given lock tag from per-backend fast-path
                               2856                 :                :  *      arrays to the shared hash table.
                               2857                 :                :  *
                               2858                 :                :  * Returns true if successful, false if ran out of shared memory.
                               2859                 :                :  */
                               2860                 :                : static bool
 5163                          2861                 :         181674 : FastPathTransferRelationLocks(LockMethod lockMethodTable, const LOCKTAG *locktag,
                               2862                 :                :                               uint32 hashcode)
                               2863                 :                : {
 4240                          2864                 :         181674 :     LWLock     *partitionLock = LockHashPartitionLock(hashcode);
 4836 bruce@momjian.us         2865                 :         181674 :     Oid         relid = locktag->locktag_field2;
                               2866                 :                :     uint32      i;
                               2867                 :                : 
                               2868                 :                :     /* fast-path group the lock belongs to */
  176 fujii@postgresql.org     2869                 :         181674 :     uint32      group = FAST_PATH_REL_GROUP(relid);
                               2870                 :                : 
                               2871                 :                :     /*
                               2872                 :                :      * Every PGPROC that can potentially hold a fast-path lock is present in
                               2873                 :                :      * ProcGlobal->allProcs.  Prepared transactions are not, but any
                               2874                 :                :      * outstanding fast-path locks held by prepared transactions are
                               2875                 :                :      * transferred to the main lock table.
                               2876                 :                :      */
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     2877         [ +  + ]:       26392313 :     for (i = 0; i < ProcGlobal->allProcCount; i++)
                               2878                 :                :     {
                               2879                 :       26210639 :         PGPROC     *proc = &ProcGlobal->allProcs[i];
                               2880                 :                :         uint32      j;
                               2881                 :                : 
 1940 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2882                 :       26210639 :         LWLockAcquire(&proc->fpInfoLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                               2883                 :                : 
                               2884                 :                :         /*
                               2885                 :                :          * If the target backend isn't referencing the same database as the
                               2886                 :                :          * lock, then we needn't examine the individual relation IDs at all;
                               2887                 :                :          * none of them can be relevant.
                               2888                 :                :          *
                               2889                 :                :          * proc->databaseId is set at backend startup time and never changes
                               2890                 :                :          * thereafter, so it might be safe to perform this test before
                               2891                 :                :          * acquiring &proc->fpInfoLock.  In particular, it's certainly safe to
                               2892                 :                :          * assume that if the target backend holds any fast-path locks, it
                               2893                 :                :          * must have performed a memory-fencing operation (in particular, an
                               2894                 :                :          * LWLock acquisition) since setting proc->databaseId.  However, it's
                               2895                 :                :          * less clear that our backend is certain to have performed a memory
                               2896                 :                :          * fencing operation since the other backend set proc->databaseId.  So
                               2897                 :                :          * for now, we test it after acquiring the LWLock just to be safe.
                               2898                 :                :          *
                               2899                 :                :          * Also skip groups without any registered fast-path locks.
                               2900                 :                :          */
  176 fujii@postgresql.org     2901         [ +  + ]:       26210639 :         if (proc->databaseId != locktag->locktag_field1 ||
                               2902         [ +  + ]:        9364723 :             proc->fpLockBits[group] == 0)
                               2903                 :                :         {
 1940 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2904                 :       26020280 :             LWLockRelease(&proc->fpInfoLock);
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     2905                 :       26020280 :             continue;
                               2906                 :                :         }
                               2907                 :                : 
  350 tomas.vondra@postgre     2908         [ +  + ]:        3234872 :         for (j = 0; j < FP_LOCK_SLOTS_PER_GROUP; j++)
                               2909                 :                :         {
                               2910                 :                :             uint32      lockmode;
                               2911                 :                : 
                               2912                 :                :             /* index into the whole per-backend array */
                               2913   [ -  +  -  + ]:        3045593 :             uint32      f = FAST_PATH_SLOT(group, j);
                               2914                 :                : 
                               2915                 :                :             /* Look for an allocated slot matching the given relid. */
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     2916   [ +  +  -  +  :        3045593 :             if (relid != proc->fpRelId[f] || FAST_PATH_GET_BITS(proc, f) == 0)
                                        -  +  +  + ]
                               2917                 :        3044513 :                 continue;
                               2918                 :                : 
                               2919                 :                :             /* Find or create lock object. */
                               2920                 :           1080 :             LWLockAcquire(partitionLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                               2921                 :           1080 :             for (lockmode = FAST_PATH_LOCKNUMBER_OFFSET;
 2999 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2922         [ +  + ]:           4320 :                  lockmode < FAST_PATH_LOCKNUMBER_OFFSET + FAST_PATH_BITS_PER_SLOT;
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     2923                 :           3240 :                  ++lockmode)
                               2924                 :                :             {
                               2925                 :                :                 PROCLOCK   *proclock;
                               2926                 :                : 
                               2927   [ -  +  -  +  :           3240 :                 if (!FAST_PATH_CHECK_LOCKMODE(proc, f, lockmode))
                                     -  +  -  +  -  
                                           +  +  + ]
                               2928                 :           2105 :                     continue;
                               2929                 :           1135 :                 proclock = SetupLockInTable(lockMethodTable, proc, locktag,
                               2930                 :                :                                             hashcode, lockmode);
                               2931         [ -  + ]:           1135 :                 if (!proclock)
                               2932                 :                :                 {
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     2933                 :UBC           0 :                     LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
 1940 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2934                 :              0 :                     LWLockRelease(&proc->fpInfoLock);
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     2935                 :              0 :                     return false;
                               2936                 :                :                 }
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     2937                 :CBC        1135 :                 GrantLock(proclock->tag.myLock, proclock, lockmode);
                               2938   [ -  +  -  +  :           1135 :                 FAST_PATH_CLEAR_LOCKMODE(proc, f, lockmode);
                                     -  +  -  +  -  
                                                 + ]
                               2939                 :                :             }
                               2940                 :           1080 :             LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                               2941                 :                : 
                               2942                 :                :             /* No need to examine remaining slots. */
 4301 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2943                 :           1080 :             break;
                               2944                 :                :         }
 1940                          2945                 :         190359 :         LWLockRelease(&proc->fpInfoLock);
                               2946                 :                :     }
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     2947                 :         181674 :     return true;
                               2948                 :                : }
                               2949                 :                : 
                               2950                 :                : /*
                               2951                 :                :  * FastPathGetRelationLockEntry
                               2952                 :                :  *      Return the PROCLOCK for a lock originally taken via the fast-path,
                               2953                 :                :  *      transferring it to the primary lock table if necessary.
                               2954                 :                :  *
                               2955                 :                :  * Note: caller takes care of updating the locallock object.
                               2956                 :                :  */
                               2957                 :                : static PROCLOCK *
 5163                          2958                 :            299 : FastPathGetRelationLockEntry(LOCALLOCK *locallock)
                               2959                 :                : {
 4836 bruce@momjian.us         2960                 :            299 :     LockMethod  lockMethodTable = LockMethods[DEFAULT_LOCKMETHOD];
                               2961                 :            299 :     LOCKTAG    *locktag = &locallock->tag.lock;
                               2962                 :            299 :     PROCLOCK   *proclock = NULL;
 4240 rhaas@postgresql.org     2963                 :            299 :     LWLock     *partitionLock = LockHashPartitionLock(locallock->hashcode);
 4836 bruce@momjian.us         2964                 :            299 :     Oid         relid = locktag->locktag_field2;
                               2965                 :                :     uint32      i,
                               2966                 :                :                 group;
                               2967                 :                : 
                               2968                 :                :     /* fast-path group the lock belongs to */
  350 tomas.vondra@postgre     2969                 :            299 :     group = FAST_PATH_REL_GROUP(relid);
                               2970                 :                : 
 1940 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2971                 :            299 :     LWLockAcquire(&MyProc->fpInfoLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                               2972                 :                : 
  350 tomas.vondra@postgre     2973         [ +  + ]:           4786 :     for (i = 0; i < FP_LOCK_SLOTS_PER_GROUP; i++)
                               2974                 :                :     {
                               2975                 :                :         uint32      lockmode;
                               2976                 :                : 
                               2977                 :                :         /* index into the whole per-backend array */
                               2978   [ -  +  -  + ]:           4778 :         uint32      f = FAST_PATH_SLOT(group, i);
                               2979                 :                : 
                               2980                 :                :         /* Look for an allocated slot matching the given relid. */
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     2981   [ +  +  -  +  :           4778 :         if (relid != MyProc->fpRelId[f] || FAST_PATH_GET_BITS(MyProc, f) == 0)
                                        -  +  -  + ]
                               2982                 :           4487 :             continue;
                               2983                 :                : 
                               2984                 :                :         /* If we don't have a lock of the given mode, forget it! */
                               2985                 :            291 :         lockmode = locallock->tag.mode;
                               2986   [ -  +  -  +  :            291 :         if (!FAST_PATH_CHECK_LOCKMODE(MyProc, f, lockmode))
                                     -  +  -  +  -  
                                           +  -  + ]
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     2987                 :UBC           0 :             break;
                               2988                 :                : 
                               2989                 :                :         /* Find or create lock object. */
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     2990                 :CBC         291 :         LWLockAcquire(partitionLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                               2991                 :                : 
                               2992                 :            291 :         proclock = SetupLockInTable(lockMethodTable, MyProc, locktag,
                               2993                 :                :                                     locallock->hashcode, lockmode);
                               2994         [ -  + ]:            291 :         if (!proclock)
                               2995                 :                :         {
 4624 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2996                 :UBC           0 :             LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
 1940                          2997                 :              0 :             LWLockRelease(&MyProc->fpInfoLock);
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     2998         [ #  # ]:              0 :             ereport(ERROR,
                               2999                 :                :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
                               3000                 :                :                      errmsg("out of shared memory"),
                               3001                 :                :                      errhint("You might need to increase \"%s\".", "max_locks_per_transaction")));
                               3002                 :                :         }
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     3003                 :CBC         291 :         GrantLock(proclock->tag.myLock, proclock, lockmode);
                               3004   [ -  +  -  +  :            291 :         FAST_PATH_CLEAR_LOCKMODE(MyProc, f, lockmode);
                                     -  +  -  +  -  
                                                 + ]
                               3005                 :                : 
                               3006                 :            291 :         LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                               3007                 :                : 
                               3008                 :                :         /* No need to examine remaining slots. */
 4301 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3009                 :            291 :         break;
                               3010                 :                :     }
                               3011                 :                : 
 1940                          3012                 :            299 :     LWLockRelease(&MyProc->fpInfoLock);
                               3013                 :                : 
                               3014                 :                :     /* Lock may have already been transferred by some other backend. */
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     3015         [ +  + ]:            299 :     if (proclock == NULL)
                               3016                 :                :     {
                               3017                 :                :         LOCK       *lock;
                               3018                 :                :         PROCLOCKTAG proclocktag;
                               3019                 :                :         uint32      proclock_hashcode;
                               3020                 :                : 
                               3021                 :              8 :         LWLockAcquire(partitionLock, LW_SHARED);
                               3022                 :                : 
                               3023                 :              8 :         lock = (LOCK *) hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodLockHash,
                               3024                 :                :                                                     locktag,
                               3025                 :                :                                                     locallock->hashcode,
                               3026                 :                :                                                     HASH_FIND,
                               3027                 :                :                                                     NULL);
                               3028         [ -  + ]:              8 :         if (!lock)
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     3029         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             elog(ERROR, "failed to re-find shared lock object");
                               3030                 :                : 
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     3031                 :CBC           8 :         proclocktag.myLock = lock;
                               3032                 :              8 :         proclocktag.myProc = MyProc;
                               3033                 :                : 
                               3034                 :              8 :         proclock_hashcode = ProcLockHashCode(&proclocktag, locallock->hashcode);
                               3035                 :                :         proclock = (PROCLOCK *)
                               3036                 :              8 :             hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodProcLockHash,
                               3037                 :                :                                         &proclocktag,
                               3038                 :                :                                         proclock_hashcode,
                               3039                 :                :                                         HASH_FIND,
                               3040                 :                :                                         NULL);
                               3041         [ -  + ]:              8 :         if (!proclock)
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     3042         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             elog(ERROR, "failed to re-find shared proclock object");
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     3043                 :CBC           8 :         LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                               3044                 :                :     }
                               3045                 :                : 
                               3046                 :            299 :     return proclock;
                               3047                 :                : }
                               3048                 :                : 
                               3049                 :                : /*
                               3050                 :                :  * GetLockConflicts
                               3051                 :                :  *      Get an array of VirtualTransactionIds of xacts currently holding locks
                               3052                 :                :  *      that would conflict with the specified lock/lockmode.
                               3053                 :                :  *      xacts merely awaiting such a lock are NOT reported.
                               3054                 :                :  *
                               3055                 :                :  * The result array is palloc'd and is terminated with an invalid VXID.
                               3056                 :                :  * *countp, if not null, is updated to the number of items set.
                               3057                 :                :  *
                               3058                 :                :  * Of course, the result could be out of date by the time it's returned, so
                               3059                 :                :  * use of this function has to be thought about carefully.  Similarly, a
                               3060                 :                :  * PGPROC with no "lxid" will be considered non-conflicting regardless of any
                               3061                 :                :  * lock it holds.  Existing callers don't care about a locker after that
                               3062                 :                :  * locker's pg_xact updates complete.  CommitTransaction() clears "lxid" after
                               3063                 :                :  * pg_xact updates and before releasing locks.
                               3064                 :                :  *
                               3065                 :                :  * Note we never include the current xact's vxid in the result array,
                               3066                 :                :  * since an xact never blocks itself.
                               3067                 :                :  */
                               3068                 :                : VirtualTransactionId *
 2349 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     3069                 :           1306 : GetLockConflicts(const LOCKTAG *locktag, LOCKMODE lockmode, int *countp)
                               3070                 :                : {
                               3071                 :                :     static VirtualTransactionId *vxids;
 6950 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3072                 :           1306 :     LOCKMETHODID lockmethodid = locktag->locktag_lockmethodid;
                               3073                 :                :     LockMethod  lockMethodTable;
                               3074                 :                :     LOCK       *lock;
                               3075                 :                :     LOCKMASK    conflictMask;
                               3076                 :                :     dlist_iter  proclock_iter;
                               3077                 :                :     PROCLOCK   *proclock;
                               3078                 :                :     uint32      hashcode;
                               3079                 :                :     LWLock     *partitionLock;
 6576                          3080                 :           1306 :     int         count = 0;
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     3081                 :           1306 :     int         fast_count = 0;
                               3082                 :                : 
 6950 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3083   [ +  -  -  + ]:           1306 :     if (lockmethodid <= 0 || lockmethodid >= lengthof(LockMethods))
 6950 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3084         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized lock method: %d", lockmethodid);
 6950 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3085                 :CBC        1306 :     lockMethodTable = LockMethods[lockmethodid];
                               3086   [ +  -  -  + ]:           1306 :     if (lockmode <= 0 || lockmode > lockMethodTable->numLockModes)
 6950 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3087         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized lock mode: %d", lockmode);
                               3088                 :                : 
                               3089                 :                :     /*
                               3090                 :                :      * Allocate memory to store results, and fill with InvalidVXID.  We only
                               3091                 :                :      * need enough space for MaxBackends + max_prepared_xacts + a terminator.
                               3092                 :                :      * InHotStandby allocate once in TopMemoryContext.
                               3093                 :                :      */
 5699 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     3094         [ +  + ]:CBC        1306 :     if (InHotStandby)
                               3095                 :                :     {
 5700                          3096         [ +  + ]:              4 :         if (vxids == NULL)
                               3097                 :              1 :             vxids = (VirtualTransactionId *)
 5699                          3098                 :              1 :                 MemoryContextAlloc(TopMemoryContext,
                               3099                 :                :                                    sizeof(VirtualTransactionId) *
 1243 rhaas@postgresql.org     3100                 :              1 :                                    (MaxBackends + max_prepared_xacts + 1));
                               3101                 :                :     }
                               3102                 :                :     else
 5699 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     3103                 :           1302 :         vxids = (VirtualTransactionId *)
 1680 noah@leadboat.com        3104                 :           1302 :             palloc0(sizeof(VirtualTransactionId) *
 1243 rhaas@postgresql.org     3105                 :           1302 :                     (MaxBackends + max_prepared_xacts + 1));
                               3106                 :                : 
                               3107                 :                :     /* Compute hash code and partition lock, and look up conflicting modes. */
 6950 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3108                 :           1306 :     hashcode = LockTagHashCode(locktag);
                               3109                 :           1306 :     partitionLock = LockHashPartitionLock(hashcode);
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     3110                 :           1306 :     conflictMask = lockMethodTable->conflictTab[lockmode];
                               3111                 :                : 
                               3112                 :                :     /*
                               3113                 :                :      * Fast path locks might not have been entered in the primary lock table.
                               3114                 :                :      * If the lock we're dealing with could conflict with such a lock, we must
                               3115                 :                :      * examine each backend's fast-path array for conflicts.
                               3116                 :                :      */
 4847                          3117   [ +  -  +  -  :           1306 :     if (ConflictsWithRelationFastPath(locktag, lockmode))
                                        +  -  +  - ]
                               3118                 :                :     {
                               3119                 :                :         int         i;
 5215                          3120                 :           1306 :         Oid         relid = locktag->locktag_field2;
                               3121                 :                :         VirtualTransactionId vxid;
                               3122                 :                : 
                               3123                 :                :         /* fast-path group the lock belongs to */
  176 fujii@postgresql.org     3124                 :           1306 :         uint32      group = FAST_PATH_REL_GROUP(relid);
                               3125                 :                : 
                               3126                 :                :         /*
                               3127                 :                :          * Iterate over relevant PGPROCs.  Anything held by a prepared
                               3128                 :                :          * transaction will have been transferred to the primary lock table,
                               3129                 :                :          * so we need not worry about those.  This is all a bit fuzzy, because
                               3130                 :                :          * new locks could be taken after we've visited a particular
                               3131                 :                :          * partition, but the callers had better be prepared to deal with that
                               3132                 :                :          * anyway, since the locks could equally well be taken between the
                               3133                 :                :          * time we return the value and the time the caller does something
                               3134                 :                :          * with it.
                               3135                 :                :          */
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     3136         [ +  + ]:         203966 :         for (i = 0; i < ProcGlobal->allProcCount; i++)
                               3137                 :                :         {
                               3138                 :         202660 :             PGPROC     *proc = &ProcGlobal->allProcs[i];
                               3139                 :                :             uint32      j;
                               3140                 :                : 
                               3141                 :                :             /* A backend never blocks itself */
                               3142         [ +  + ]:         202660 :             if (proc == MyProc)
                               3143                 :           1306 :                 continue;
                               3144                 :                : 
 1940 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3145                 :         201354 :             LWLockAcquire(&proc->fpInfoLock, LW_SHARED);
                               3146                 :                : 
                               3147                 :                :             /*
                               3148                 :                :              * If the target backend isn't referencing the same database as
                               3149                 :                :              * the lock, then we needn't examine the individual relation IDs
                               3150                 :                :              * at all; none of them can be relevant.
                               3151                 :                :              *
                               3152                 :                :              * See FastPathTransferRelationLocks() for discussion of why we do
                               3153                 :                :              * this test after acquiring the lock.
                               3154                 :                :              *
                               3155                 :                :              * Also skip groups without any registered fast-path locks.
                               3156                 :                :              */
  176 fujii@postgresql.org     3157         [ +  + ]:         201354 :             if (proc->databaseId != locktag->locktag_field1 ||
                               3158         [ +  + ]:          86489 :                 proc->fpLockBits[group] == 0)
                               3159                 :                :             {
 1940 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3160                 :         200959 :                 LWLockRelease(&proc->fpInfoLock);
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     3161                 :         200959 :                 continue;
                               3162                 :                :             }
                               3163                 :                : 
  350 tomas.vondra@postgre     3164         [ +  + ]:           6505 :             for (j = 0; j < FP_LOCK_SLOTS_PER_GROUP; j++)
                               3165                 :                :             {
                               3166                 :                :                 uint32      lockmask;
                               3167                 :                : 
                               3168                 :                :                 /* index into the whole per-backend array */
                               3169   [ -  +  -  + ]:           6308 :                 uint32      f = FAST_PATH_SLOT(group, j);
                               3170                 :                : 
                               3171                 :                :                 /* Look for an allocated slot matching the given relid. */
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     3172         [ +  + ]:           6308 :                 if (relid != proc->fpRelId[f])
                               3173                 :           6110 :                     continue;
                               3174   [ -  +  -  + ]:            198 :                 lockmask = FAST_PATH_GET_BITS(proc, f);
                               3175         [ -  + ]:            198 :                 if (!lockmask)
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     3176                 :UBC           0 :                     continue;
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     3177                 :CBC         198 :                 lockmask <<= FAST_PATH_LOCKNUMBER_OFFSET;
                               3178                 :                : 
                               3179                 :                :                 /*
                               3180                 :                :                  * There can only be one entry per relation, so if we found it
                               3181                 :                :                  * and it doesn't conflict, we can skip the rest of the slots.
                               3182                 :                :                  */
                               3183         [ +  + ]:            198 :                 if ((lockmask & conflictMask) == 0)
                               3184                 :              5 :                     break;
                               3185                 :                : 
                               3186                 :                :                 /* Conflict! */
                               3187                 :            193 :                 GET_VXID_FROM_PGPROC(vxid, *proc);
                               3188                 :                : 
                               3189         [ +  - ]:            193 :                 if (VirtualTransactionIdIsValid(vxid))
                               3190                 :            193 :                     vxids[count++] = vxid;
                               3191                 :                :                 /* else, xact already committed or aborted */
                               3192                 :                : 
                               3193                 :                :                 /* No need to examine remaining slots. */
                               3194                 :            193 :                 break;
                               3195                 :                :             }
                               3196                 :                : 
 1940 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3197                 :            395 :             LWLockRelease(&proc->fpInfoLock);
                               3198                 :                :         }
                               3199                 :                :     }
                               3200                 :                : 
                               3201                 :                :     /* Remember how many fast-path conflicts we found. */
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     3202                 :           1306 :     fast_count = count;
                               3203                 :                : 
                               3204                 :                :     /*
                               3205                 :                :      * Look up the lock object matching the tag.
                               3206                 :                :      */
 6950 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3207                 :           1306 :     LWLockAcquire(partitionLock, LW_SHARED);
                               3208                 :                : 
                               3209                 :           1306 :     lock = (LOCK *) hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodLockHash,
                               3210                 :                :                                                 locktag,
                               3211                 :                :                                                 hashcode,
                               3212                 :                :                                                 HASH_FIND,
                               3213                 :                :                                                 NULL);
                               3214         [ +  + ]:           1306 :     if (!lock)
                               3215                 :                :     {
                               3216                 :                :         /*
                               3217                 :                :          * If the lock object doesn't exist, there is nothing holding a lock
                               3218                 :                :          * on this lockable object.
                               3219                 :                :          */
                               3220                 :             70 :         LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
  552 heikki.linnakangas@i     3221                 :             70 :         vxids[count].procNumber = INVALID_PROC_NUMBER;
 3873 andres@anarazel.de       3222                 :             70 :         vxids[count].localTransactionId = InvalidLocalTransactionId;
 2349 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     3223         [ -  + ]:             70 :         if (countp)
 2349 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     3224                 :UBC           0 :             *countp = count;
 6576 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3225                 :CBC          70 :         return vxids;
                               3226                 :                :     }
                               3227                 :                : 
                               3228                 :                :     /*
                               3229                 :                :      * Examine each existing holder (or awaiter) of the lock.
                               3230                 :                :      */
  962 andres@anarazel.de       3231   [ +  -  +  + ]:           2495 :     dlist_foreach(proclock_iter, &lock->procLocks)
                               3232                 :                :     {
                               3233                 :           1259 :         proclock = dlist_container(PROCLOCK, lockLink, proclock_iter.cur);
                               3234                 :                : 
 6950 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3235         [ +  + ]:           1259 :         if (conflictMask & proclock->holdMask)
                               3236                 :                :         {
 6912 bruce@momjian.us         3237                 :           1255 :             PGPROC     *proc = proclock->tag.myProc;
                               3238                 :                : 
                               3239                 :                :             /* A backend never blocks itself */
 6950 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3240         [ +  + ]:           1255 :             if (proc != MyProc)
                               3241                 :                :             {
                               3242                 :                :                 VirtualTransactionId vxid;
                               3243                 :                : 
 6576                          3244                 :             23 :                 GET_VXID_FROM_PGPROC(vxid, *proc);
                               3245                 :                : 
                               3246         [ +  - ]:             23 :                 if (VirtualTransactionIdIsValid(vxid))
                               3247                 :                :                 {
                               3248                 :                :                     int         i;
                               3249                 :                : 
                               3250                 :                :                     /* Avoid duplicate entries. */
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     3251         [ +  + ]:             36 :                     for (i = 0; i < fast_count; ++i)
                               3252   [ +  +  -  + ]:             13 :                         if (VirtualTransactionIdEquals(vxids[i], vxid))
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     3253                 :UBC           0 :                             break;
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     3254         [ +  - ]:CBC          23 :                     if (i >= fast_count)
                               3255                 :             23 :                         vxids[count++] = vxid;
                               3256                 :                :                 }
                               3257                 :                :                 /* else, xact already committed or aborted */
                               3258                 :                :             }
                               3259                 :                :         }
                               3260                 :                :     }
                               3261                 :                : 
 6950 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3262                 :           1236 :     LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                               3263                 :                : 
 1243 rhaas@postgresql.org     3264         [ -  + ]:           1236 :     if (count > MaxBackends + max_prepared_xacts)    /* should never happen */
 6576 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3265         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(PANIC, "too many conflicting locks found");
                               3266                 :                : 
  552 heikki.linnakangas@i     3267                 :CBC        1236 :     vxids[count].procNumber = INVALID_PROC_NUMBER;
 3873 andres@anarazel.de       3268                 :           1236 :     vxids[count].localTransactionId = InvalidLocalTransactionId;
 2349 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     3269         [ +  + ]:           1236 :     if (countp)
                               3270                 :           1233 :         *countp = count;
 6576 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3271                 :           1236 :     return vxids;
                               3272                 :                : }
                               3273                 :                : 
                               3274                 :                : /*
                               3275                 :                :  * Find a lock in the shared lock table and release it.  It is the caller's
                               3276                 :                :  * responsibility to verify that this is a sane thing to do.  (For example, it
                               3277                 :                :  * would be bad to release a lock here if there might still be a LOCALLOCK
                               3278                 :                :  * object with pointers to it.)
                               3279                 :                :  *
                               3280                 :                :  * We currently use this in two situations: first, to release locks held by
                               3281                 :                :  * prepared transactions on commit (see lock_twophase_postcommit); and second,
                               3282                 :                :  * to release locks taken via the fast-path, transferred to the main hash
                               3283                 :                :  * table, and then released (see LockReleaseAll).
                               3284                 :                :  */
                               3285                 :                : static void
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     3286                 :           2083 : LockRefindAndRelease(LockMethod lockMethodTable, PGPROC *proc,
                               3287                 :                :                      LOCKTAG *locktag, LOCKMODE lockmode,
                               3288                 :                :                      bool decrement_strong_lock_count)
                               3289                 :                : {
                               3290                 :                :     LOCK       *lock;
                               3291                 :                :     PROCLOCK   *proclock;
                               3292                 :                :     PROCLOCKTAG proclocktag;
                               3293                 :                :     uint32      hashcode;
                               3294                 :                :     uint32      proclock_hashcode;
                               3295                 :                :     LWLock     *partitionLock;
                               3296                 :                :     bool        wakeupNeeded;
                               3297                 :                : 
                               3298                 :           2083 :     hashcode = LockTagHashCode(locktag);
                               3299                 :           2083 :     partitionLock = LockHashPartitionLock(hashcode);
                               3300                 :                : 
                               3301                 :           2083 :     LWLockAcquire(partitionLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                               3302                 :                : 
                               3303                 :                :     /*
                               3304                 :                :      * Re-find the lock object (it had better be there).
                               3305                 :                :      */
                               3306                 :           2083 :     lock = (LOCK *) hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodLockHash,
                               3307                 :                :                                                 locktag,
                               3308                 :                :                                                 hashcode,
                               3309                 :                :                                                 HASH_FIND,
                               3310                 :                :                                                 NULL);
                               3311         [ -  + ]:           2083 :     if (!lock)
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     3312         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(PANIC, "failed to re-find shared lock object");
                               3313                 :                : 
                               3314                 :                :     /*
                               3315                 :                :      * Re-find the proclock object (ditto).
                               3316                 :                :      */
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     3317                 :CBC        2083 :     proclocktag.myLock = lock;
                               3318                 :           2083 :     proclocktag.myProc = proc;
                               3319                 :                : 
                               3320                 :           2083 :     proclock_hashcode = ProcLockHashCode(&proclocktag, hashcode);
                               3321                 :                : 
                               3322                 :           2083 :     proclock = (PROCLOCK *) hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodProcLockHash,
                               3323                 :                :                                                         &proclocktag,
                               3324                 :                :                                                         proclock_hashcode,
                               3325                 :                :                                                         HASH_FIND,
                               3326                 :                :                                                         NULL);
                               3327         [ -  + ]:           2083 :     if (!proclock)
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     3328         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(PANIC, "failed to re-find shared proclock object");
                               3329                 :                : 
                               3330                 :                :     /*
                               3331                 :                :      * Double-check that we are actually holding a lock of the type we want to
                               3332                 :                :      * release.
                               3333                 :                :      */
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     3334         [ -  + ]:CBC        2083 :     if (!(proclock->holdMask & LOCKBIT_ON(lockmode)))
                               3335                 :                :     {
                               3336                 :                :         PROCLOCK_PRINT("lock_twophase_postcommit: WRONGTYPE", proclock);
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     3337                 :UBC           0 :         LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                               3338         [ #  # ]:              0 :         elog(WARNING, "you don't own a lock of type %s",
                               3339                 :                :              lockMethodTable->lockModeNames[lockmode]);
                               3340                 :              0 :         return;
                               3341                 :                :     }
                               3342                 :                : 
                               3343                 :                :     /*
                               3344                 :                :      * Do the releasing.  CleanUpLock will waken any now-wakable waiters.
                               3345                 :                :      */
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     3346                 :CBC        2083 :     wakeupNeeded = UnGrantLock(lock, lockmode, proclock, lockMethodTable);
                               3347                 :                : 
                               3348                 :           2083 :     CleanUpLock(lock, proclock,
                               3349                 :                :                 lockMethodTable, hashcode,
                               3350                 :                :                 wakeupNeeded);
                               3351                 :                : 
                               3352                 :           2083 :     LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                               3353                 :                : 
                               3354                 :                :     /*
                               3355                 :                :      * Decrement strong lock count.  This logic is needed only for 2PC.
                               3356                 :                :      */
                               3357         [ +  + ]:           2083 :     if (decrement_strong_lock_count
 4062                          3358   [ +  -  +  +  :            715 :         && ConflictsWithRelationFastPath(locktag, lockmode))
                                        +  -  +  + ]
                               3359                 :                :     {
 4836 bruce@momjian.us         3360                 :             71 :         uint32      fasthashcode = FastPathStrongLockHashPartition(hashcode);
                               3361                 :                : 
 5163 rhaas@postgresql.org     3362         [ -  + ]:             71 :         SpinLockAcquire(&FastPathStrongRelationLocks->mutex);
 4170                          3363         [ -  + ]:             71 :         Assert(FastPathStrongRelationLocks->count[fasthashcode] > 0);
 5163                          3364                 :             71 :         FastPathStrongRelationLocks->count[fasthashcode]--;
                               3365                 :             71 :         SpinLockRelease(&FastPathStrongRelationLocks->mutex);
                               3366                 :                :     }
                               3367                 :                : }
                               3368                 :                : 
                               3369                 :                : /*
                               3370                 :                :  * CheckForSessionAndXactLocks
                               3371                 :                :  *      Check to see if transaction holds both session-level and xact-level
                               3372                 :                :  *      locks on the same object; if so, throw an error.
                               3373                 :                :  *
                               3374                 :                :  * If we have both session- and transaction-level locks on the same object,
                               3375                 :                :  * PREPARE TRANSACTION must fail.  This should never happen with regular
                               3376                 :                :  * locks, since we only take those at session level in some special operations
                               3377                 :                :  * like VACUUM.  It's possible to hit this with advisory locks, though.
                               3378                 :                :  *
                               3379                 :                :  * It would be nice if we could keep the session hold and give away the
                               3380                 :                :  * transactional hold to the prepared xact.  However, that would require two
                               3381                 :                :  * PROCLOCK objects, and we cannot be sure that another PROCLOCK will be
                               3382                 :                :  * available when it comes time for PostPrepare_Locks to do the deed.
                               3383                 :                :  * So for now, we error out while we can still do so safely.
                               3384                 :                :  *
                               3385                 :                :  * Since the LOCALLOCK table stores a separate entry for each lockmode,
                               3386                 :                :  * we can't implement this check by examining LOCALLOCK entries in isolation.
                               3387                 :                :  * We must build a transient hashtable that is indexed by locktag only.
                               3388                 :                :  */
                               3389                 :                : static void
 1505 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3390                 :            290 : CheckForSessionAndXactLocks(void)
                               3391                 :                : {
                               3392                 :                :     typedef struct
                               3393                 :                :     {
                               3394                 :                :         LOCKTAG     lock;       /* identifies the lockable object */
                               3395                 :                :         bool        sessLock;   /* is any lockmode held at session level? */
                               3396                 :                :         bool        xactLock;   /* is any lockmode held at xact level? */
                               3397                 :                :     } PerLockTagEntry;
                               3398                 :                : 
                               3399                 :                :     HASHCTL     hash_ctl;
                               3400                 :                :     HTAB       *lockhtab;
                               3401                 :                :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
                               3402                 :                :     LOCALLOCK  *locallock;
                               3403                 :                : 
                               3404                 :                :     /* Create a local hash table keyed by LOCKTAG only */
                               3405                 :            290 :     hash_ctl.keysize = sizeof(LOCKTAG);
                               3406                 :            290 :     hash_ctl.entrysize = sizeof(PerLockTagEntry);
                               3407                 :            290 :     hash_ctl.hcxt = CurrentMemoryContext;
                               3408                 :                : 
                               3409                 :            290 :     lockhtab = hash_create("CheckForSessionAndXactLocks table",
                               3410                 :                :                            256, /* arbitrary initial size */
                               3411                 :                :                            &hash_ctl,
                               3412                 :                :                            HASH_ELEM | HASH_BLOBS | HASH_CONTEXT);
                               3413                 :                : 
                               3414                 :                :     /* Scan local lock table to find entries for each LOCKTAG */
                               3415                 :            290 :     hash_seq_init(&status, LockMethodLocalHash);
                               3416                 :                : 
                               3417         [ +  + ]:            990 :     while ((locallock = (LOCALLOCK *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
                               3418                 :                :     {
                               3419                 :            702 :         LOCALLOCKOWNER *lockOwners = locallock->lockOwners;
                               3420                 :                :         PerLockTagEntry *hentry;
                               3421                 :                :         bool        found;
                               3422                 :                :         int         i;
                               3423                 :                : 
                               3424                 :                :         /*
                               3425                 :                :          * Ignore VXID locks.  We don't want those to be held by prepared
                               3426                 :                :          * transactions, since they aren't meaningful after a restart.
                               3427                 :                :          */
                               3428         [ -  + ]:            702 :         if (locallock->tag.lock.locktag_type == LOCKTAG_VIRTUALTRANSACTION)
 1505 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3429                 :UBC           0 :             continue;
                               3430                 :                : 
                               3431                 :                :         /* Ignore it if we don't actually hold the lock */
 1505 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3432         [ -  + ]:CBC         702 :         if (locallock->nLocks <= 0)
 1505 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3433                 :UBC           0 :             continue;
                               3434                 :                : 
                               3435                 :                :         /* Otherwise, find or make an entry in lockhtab */
 1505 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3436                 :CBC         702 :         hentry = (PerLockTagEntry *) hash_search(lockhtab,
  943 peter@eisentraut.org     3437                 :            702 :                                                  &locallock->tag.lock,
                               3438                 :                :                                                  HASH_ENTER, &found);
 1505 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3439         [ +  + ]:            702 :         if (!found)             /* initialize, if newly created */
                               3440                 :            653 :             hentry->sessLock = hentry->xactLock = false;
                               3441                 :                : 
                               3442                 :                :         /* Scan to see if we hold lock at session or xact level or both */
                               3443         [ +  + ]:           1404 :         for (i = locallock->numLockOwners - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                               3444                 :                :         {
                               3445         [ +  + ]:            702 :             if (lockOwners[i].owner == NULL)
                               3446                 :              9 :                 hentry->sessLock = true;
                               3447                 :                :             else
                               3448                 :            693 :                 hentry->xactLock = true;
                               3449                 :                :         }
                               3450                 :                : 
                               3451                 :                :         /*
                               3452                 :                :          * We can throw error immediately when we see both types of locks; no
                               3453                 :                :          * need to wait around to see if there are more violations.
                               3454                 :                :          */
                               3455   [ +  +  +  + ]:            702 :         if (hentry->sessLock && hentry->xactLock)
                               3456         [ +  - ]:              2 :             ereport(ERROR,
                               3457                 :                :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                               3458                 :                :                      errmsg("cannot PREPARE while holding both session-level and transaction-level locks on the same object")));
                               3459                 :                :     }
                               3460                 :                : 
                               3461                 :                :     /* Success, so clean up */
                               3462                 :            288 :     hash_destroy(lockhtab);
                               3463                 :            288 : }
                               3464                 :                : 
                               3465                 :                : /*
                               3466                 :                :  * AtPrepare_Locks
                               3467                 :                :  *      Do the preparatory work for a PREPARE: make 2PC state file records
                               3468                 :                :  *      for all locks currently held.
                               3469                 :                :  *
                               3470                 :                :  * Session-level locks are ignored, as are VXID locks.
                               3471                 :                :  *
                               3472                 :                :  * For the most part, we don't need to touch shared memory for this ---
                               3473                 :                :  * all the necessary state information is in the locallock table.
                               3474                 :                :  * Fast-path locks are an exception, however: we move any such locks to
                               3475                 :                :  * the main table before allowing PREPARE TRANSACTION to succeed.
                               3476                 :                :  */
                               3477                 :                : void
 7386                          3478                 :            290 : AtPrepare_Locks(void)
                               3479                 :                : {
                               3480                 :                :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
                               3481                 :                :     LOCALLOCK  *locallock;
                               3482                 :                : 
                               3483                 :                :     /* First, verify there aren't locks of both xact and session level */
 1505                          3484                 :            290 :     CheckForSessionAndXactLocks();
                               3485                 :                : 
                               3486                 :                :     /* Now do the per-locallock cleanup work */
 7211                          3487                 :            288 :     hash_seq_init(&status, LockMethodLocalHash);
                               3488                 :                : 
 7386                          3489         [ +  + ]:            985 :     while ((locallock = (LOCALLOCK *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
                               3490                 :                :     {
                               3491                 :                :         TwoPhaseLockRecord record;
                               3492                 :            697 :         LOCALLOCKOWNER *lockOwners = locallock->lockOwners;
                               3493                 :                :         bool        haveSessionLock;
                               3494                 :                :         bool        haveXactLock;
                               3495                 :                :         int         i;
                               3496                 :                : 
                               3497                 :                :         /*
                               3498                 :                :          * Ignore VXID locks.  We don't want those to be held by prepared
                               3499                 :                :          * transactions, since they aren't meaningful after a restart.
                               3500                 :                :          */
 6576                          3501         [ -  + ]:            697 :         if (locallock->tag.lock.locktag_type == LOCKTAG_VIRTUALTRANSACTION)
                               3502                 :              7 :             continue;
                               3503                 :                : 
                               3504                 :                :         /* Ignore it if we don't actually hold the lock */
 7386                          3505         [ -  + ]:            697 :         if (locallock->nLocks <= 0)
 7386 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3506                 :UBC           0 :             continue;
                               3507                 :                : 
                               3508                 :                :         /* Scan to see whether we hold it at session or transaction level */
 4873 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3509                 :CBC         697 :         haveSessionLock = haveXactLock = false;
 7386                          3510         [ +  + ]:           1394 :         for (i = locallock->numLockOwners - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                               3511                 :                :         {
                               3512         [ +  + ]:            697 :             if (lockOwners[i].owner == NULL)
 4873                          3513                 :              7 :                 haveSessionLock = true;
                               3514                 :                :             else
                               3515                 :            690 :                 haveXactLock = true;
                               3516                 :                :         }
                               3517                 :                : 
                               3518                 :                :         /* Ignore it if we have only session lock */
                               3519         [ +  + ]:            697 :         if (!haveXactLock)
                               3520                 :              7 :             continue;
                               3521                 :                : 
                               3522                 :                :         /* This can't happen, because we already checked it */
                               3523         [ -  + ]:            690 :         if (haveSessionLock)
 4873 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3524         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
                               3525                 :                :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                               3526                 :                :                      errmsg("cannot PREPARE while holding both session-level and transaction-level locks on the same object")));
                               3527                 :                : 
                               3528                 :                :         /*
                               3529                 :                :          * If the local lock was taken via the fast-path, we need to move it
                               3530                 :                :          * to the primary lock table, or just get a pointer to the existing
                               3531                 :                :          * primary lock table entry if by chance it's already been
                               3532                 :                :          * transferred.
                               3533                 :                :          */
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     3534         [ +  + ]:CBC         690 :         if (locallock->proclock == NULL)
                               3535                 :                :         {
 5163                          3536                 :            299 :             locallock->proclock = FastPathGetRelationLockEntry(locallock);
 5215                          3537                 :            299 :             locallock->lock = locallock->proclock->tag.myLock;
                               3538                 :                :         }
                               3539                 :                : 
                               3540                 :                :         /*
                               3541                 :                :          * Arrange to not release any strong lock count held by this lock
                               3542                 :                :          * entry.  We must retain the count until the prepared transaction is
                               3543                 :                :          * committed or rolled back.
                               3544                 :                :          */
 2943 peter_e@gmx.net          3545                 :            690 :         locallock->holdsStrongLockCount = false;
                               3546                 :                : 
                               3547                 :                :         /*
                               3548                 :                :          * Create a 2PC record.
                               3549                 :                :          */
 7386 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3550                 :            690 :         memcpy(&(record.locktag), &(locallock->tag.lock), sizeof(LOCKTAG));
                               3551                 :            690 :         record.lockmode = locallock->tag.mode;
                               3552                 :                : 
                               3553                 :            690 :         RegisterTwoPhaseRecord(TWOPHASE_RM_LOCK_ID, 0,
                               3554                 :                :                                &record, sizeof(TwoPhaseLockRecord));
                               3555                 :                :     }
                               3556                 :            288 : }
                               3557                 :                : 
                               3558                 :                : /*
                               3559                 :                :  * PostPrepare_Locks
                               3560                 :                :  *      Clean up after successful PREPARE
                               3561                 :                :  *
                               3562                 :                :  * Here, we want to transfer ownership of our locks to a dummy PGPROC
                               3563                 :                :  * that's now associated with the prepared transaction, and we want to
                               3564                 :                :  * clean out the corresponding entries in the LOCALLOCK table.
                               3565                 :                :  *
                               3566                 :                :  * Note: by removing the LOCALLOCK entries, we are leaving dangling
                               3567                 :                :  * pointers in the transaction's resource owner.  This is OK at the
                               3568                 :                :  * moment since resowner.c doesn't try to free locks retail at a toplevel
                               3569                 :                :  * transaction commit or abort.  We could alternatively zero out nLocks
                               3570                 :                :  * and leave the LOCALLOCK entries to be garbage-collected by LockReleaseAll,
                               3571                 :                :  * but that probably costs more cycles.
                               3572                 :                :  */
                               3573                 :                : void
   61 michael@paquier.xyz      3574                 :GNC         288 : PostPrepare_Locks(FullTransactionId fxid)
                               3575                 :                : {
                               3576                 :            288 :     PGPROC     *newproc = TwoPhaseGetDummyProc(fxid, false);
                               3577                 :                :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
                               3578                 :                :     LOCALLOCK  *locallock;
                               3579                 :                :     LOCK       *lock;
                               3580                 :                :     PROCLOCK   *proclock;
                               3581                 :                :     PROCLOCKTAG proclocktag;
                               3582                 :                :     int         partition;
                               3583                 :                : 
                               3584                 :                :     /* Can't prepare a lock group follower. */
 3499 rhaas@postgresql.org     3585   [ -  +  -  - ]:CBC         288 :     Assert(MyProc->lockGroupLeader == NULL ||
                               3586                 :                :            MyProc->lockGroupLeader == MyProc);
                               3587                 :                : 
                               3588                 :                :     /* This is a critical section: any error means big trouble */
 7386 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3589                 :            288 :     START_CRIT_SECTION();
                               3590                 :                : 
                               3591                 :                :     /*
                               3592                 :                :      * First we run through the locallock table and get rid of unwanted
                               3593                 :                :      * entries, then we scan the process's proclocks and transfer them to the
                               3594                 :                :      * target proc.
                               3595                 :                :      *
                               3596                 :                :      * We do this separately because we may have multiple locallock entries
                               3597                 :                :      * pointing to the same proclock, and we daren't end up with any dangling
                               3598                 :                :      * pointers.
                               3599                 :                :      */
 7211                          3600                 :            288 :     hash_seq_init(&status, LockMethodLocalHash);
                               3601                 :                : 
 7386                          3602         [ +  + ]:            985 :     while ((locallock = (LOCALLOCK *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
                               3603                 :                :     {
 4873                          3604                 :            697 :         LOCALLOCKOWNER *lockOwners = locallock->lockOwners;
                               3605                 :                :         bool        haveSessionLock;
                               3606                 :                :         bool        haveXactLock;
                               3607                 :                :         int         i;
                               3608                 :                : 
 7386                          3609   [ +  -  -  + ]:            697 :         if (locallock->proclock == NULL || locallock->lock == NULL)
                               3610                 :                :         {
                               3611                 :                :             /*
                               3612                 :                :              * We must've run out of shared memory while trying to set up this
                               3613                 :                :              * lock.  Just forget the local entry.
                               3614                 :                :              */
 7386 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3615         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             Assert(locallock->nLocks == 0);
                               3616                 :              0 :             RemoveLocalLock(locallock);
                               3617                 :              0 :             continue;
                               3618                 :                :         }
                               3619                 :                : 
                               3620                 :                :         /* Ignore VXID locks */
 6576 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3621         [ -  + ]:CBC         697 :         if (locallock->tag.lock.locktag_type == LOCKTAG_VIRTUALTRANSACTION)
 6576 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3622                 :UBC           0 :             continue;
                               3623                 :                : 
                               3624                 :                :         /* Scan to see whether we hold it at session or transaction level */
 4873 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3625                 :CBC         697 :         haveSessionLock = haveXactLock = false;
                               3626         [ +  + ]:           1394 :         for (i = locallock->numLockOwners - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                               3627                 :                :         {
                               3628         [ +  + ]:            697 :             if (lockOwners[i].owner == NULL)
                               3629                 :              7 :                 haveSessionLock = true;
                               3630                 :                :             else
                               3631                 :            690 :                 haveXactLock = true;
                               3632                 :                :         }
                               3633                 :                : 
                               3634                 :                :         /* Ignore it if we have only session lock */
                               3635         [ +  + ]:            697 :         if (!haveXactLock)
                               3636                 :              7 :             continue;
                               3637                 :                : 
                               3638                 :                :         /* This can't happen, because we already checked it */
                               3639         [ -  + ]:            690 :         if (haveSessionLock)
 4873 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3640         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(PANIC,
                               3641                 :                :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                               3642                 :                :                      errmsg("cannot PREPARE while holding both session-level and transaction-level locks on the same object")));
                               3643                 :                : 
                               3644                 :                :         /* Mark the proclock to show we need to release this lockmode */
 7386 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3645         [ +  - ]:CBC         690 :         if (locallock->nLocks > 0)
                               3646                 :            690 :             locallock->proclock->releaseMask |= LOCKBIT_ON(locallock->tag.mode);
                               3647                 :                : 
                               3648                 :                :         /* And remove the locallock hashtable entry */
                               3649                 :            690 :         RemoveLocalLock(locallock);
                               3650                 :                :     }
                               3651                 :                : 
                               3652                 :                :     /*
                               3653                 :                :      * Now, scan each lock partition separately.
                               3654                 :                :      */
 7209                          3655         [ +  + ]:           4896 :     for (partition = 0; partition < NUM_LOCK_PARTITIONS; partition++)
                               3656                 :                :     {
                               3657                 :                :         LWLock     *partitionLock;
  962 andres@anarazel.de       3658                 :           4608 :         dlist_head *procLocks = &(MyProc->myProcLocks[partition]);
                               3659                 :                :         dlist_mutable_iter proclock_iter;
                               3660                 :                : 
 4240 rhaas@postgresql.org     3661                 :           4608 :         partitionLock = LockHashPartitionLockByIndex(partition);
                               3662                 :                : 
                               3663                 :                :         /*
                               3664                 :                :          * If the proclock list for this partition is empty, we can skip
                               3665                 :                :          * acquiring the partition lock.  This optimization is safer than the
                               3666                 :                :          * situation in LockReleaseAll, because we got rid of any fast-path
                               3667                 :                :          * locks during AtPrepare_Locks, so there cannot be any case where
                               3668                 :                :          * another backend is adding something to our lists now.  For safety,
                               3669                 :                :          * though, we code this the same way as in LockReleaseAll.
                               3670                 :                :          */
  962 andres@anarazel.de       3671         [ +  + ]:           4608 :         if (dlist_is_empty(procLocks))
 7209 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3672                 :           3958 :             continue;           /* needn't examine this partition */
                               3673                 :                : 
                               3674                 :            650 :         LWLockAcquire(partitionLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                               3675                 :                : 
  962 andres@anarazel.de       3676   [ +  -  +  + ]:           1334 :         dlist_foreach_modify(proclock_iter, procLocks)
                               3677                 :                :         {
                               3678                 :            684 :             proclock = dlist_container(PROCLOCK, procLink, proclock_iter.cur);
                               3679                 :                : 
 6985 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3680         [ -  + ]:            684 :             Assert(proclock->tag.myProc == MyProc);
                               3681                 :                : 
                               3682                 :            684 :             lock = proclock->tag.myLock;
                               3683                 :                : 
                               3684                 :                :             /* Ignore VXID locks */
 6576                          3685         [ +  + ]:            684 :             if (lock->tag.locktag_type == LOCKTAG_VIRTUALTRANSACTION)
 4300                          3686                 :             34 :                 continue;
                               3687                 :                : 
                               3688                 :                :             PROCLOCK_PRINT("PostPrepare_Locks", proclock);
                               3689                 :                :             LOCK_PRINT("PostPrepare_Locks", lock, 0);
 7209                          3690         [ -  + ]:            650 :             Assert(lock->nRequested >= 0);
                               3691         [ -  + ]:            650 :             Assert(lock->nGranted >= 0);
                               3692         [ -  + ]:            650 :             Assert(lock->nGranted <= lock->nRequested);
                               3693         [ -  + ]:            650 :             Assert((proclock->holdMask & ~lock->grantMask) == 0);
                               3694                 :                : 
                               3695                 :                :             /* Ignore it if nothing to release (must be a session lock) */
 4873                          3696         [ +  + ]:            650 :             if (proclock->releaseMask == 0)
 4300                          3697                 :              7 :                 continue;
                               3698                 :                : 
                               3699                 :                :             /* Else we should be releasing all locks */
 7209                          3700         [ -  + ]:            643 :             if (proclock->releaseMask != proclock->holdMask)
 7209 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3701         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                 elog(PANIC, "we seem to have dropped a bit somewhere");
                               3702                 :                : 
                               3703                 :                :             /*
                               3704                 :                :              * We cannot simply modify proclock->tag.myProc to reassign
                               3705                 :                :              * ownership of the lock, because that's part of the hash key and
                               3706                 :                :              * the proclock would then be in the wrong hash chain.  Instead
                               3707                 :                :              * use hash_update_hash_key.  (We used to create a new hash entry,
                               3708                 :                :              * but that risks out-of-memory failure if other processes are
                               3709                 :                :              * busy making proclocks too.)  We must unlink the proclock from
                               3710                 :                :              * our procLink chain and put it into the new proc's chain, too.
                               3711                 :                :              *
                               3712                 :                :              * Note: the updated proclock hash key will still belong to the
                               3713                 :                :              * same hash partition, cf proclock_hash().  So the partition lock
                               3714                 :                :              * we already hold is sufficient for this.
                               3715                 :                :              */
  962 andres@anarazel.de       3716                 :CBC         643 :             dlist_delete(&proclock->procLink);
                               3717                 :                : 
                               3718                 :                :             /*
                               3719                 :                :              * Create the new hash key for the proclock.
                               3720                 :                :              */
 6985 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3721                 :            643 :             proclocktag.myLock = lock;
                               3722                 :            643 :             proclocktag.myProc = newproc;
                               3723                 :                : 
                               3724                 :                :             /*
                               3725                 :                :              * Update groupLeader pointer to point to the new proc.  (We'd
                               3726                 :                :              * better not be a member of somebody else's lock group!)
                               3727                 :                :              */
 3499 rhaas@postgresql.org     3728         [ -  + ]:            643 :             Assert(proclock->groupLeader == proclock->tag.myProc);
                               3729                 :            643 :             proclock->groupLeader = newproc;
                               3730                 :                : 
                               3731                 :                :             /*
                               3732                 :                :              * Update the proclock.  We should not find any existing entry for
                               3733                 :                :              * the same hash key, since there can be only one entry for any
                               3734                 :                :              * given lock with my own proc.
                               3735                 :                :              */
 4619 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3736         [ -  + ]:            643 :             if (!hash_update_hash_key(LockMethodProcLockHash,
                               3737                 :                :                                       proclock,
                               3738                 :                :                                       &proclocktag))
 4619 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3739         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                 elog(PANIC, "duplicate entry found while reassigning a prepared transaction's locks");
                               3740                 :                : 
                               3741                 :                :             /* Re-link into the new proc's proclock list */
  962 andres@anarazel.de       3742                 :CBC         643 :             dlist_push_tail(&newproc->myProcLocks[partition], &proclock->procLink);
                               3743                 :                : 
                               3744                 :                :             PROCLOCK_PRINT("PostPrepare_Locks: updated", proclock);
                               3745                 :                :         }                       /* loop over PROCLOCKs within this partition */
                               3746                 :                : 
 7209 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3747                 :            650 :         LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                               3748                 :                :     }                           /* loop over partitions */
                               3749                 :                : 
 7386                          3750         [ -  + ]:            288 :     END_CRIT_SECTION();
                               3751                 :            288 : }
                               3752                 :                : 
                               3753                 :                : 
                               3754                 :                : /*
                               3755                 :                :  * Estimate shared-memory space used for lock tables
                               3756                 :                :  */
                               3757                 :                : Size
  373 heikki.linnakangas@i     3758                 :           1909 : LockManagerShmemSize(void)
                               3759                 :                : {
 7211 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3760                 :           1909 :     Size        size = 0;
                               3761                 :                :     long        max_table_size;
                               3762                 :                : 
                               3763                 :                :     /* lock hash table */
 7209                          3764                 :           1909 :     max_table_size = NLOCKENTS();
 6985                          3765                 :           1909 :     size = add_size(size, hash_estimate_size(max_table_size, sizeof(LOCK)));
                               3766                 :                : 
                               3767                 :                :     /* proclock hash table */
 7209                          3768                 :           1909 :     max_table_size *= 2;
 6985                          3769                 :           1909 :     size = add_size(size, hash_estimate_size(max_table_size, sizeof(PROCLOCK)));
                               3770                 :                : 
                               3771                 :                :     /*
                               3772                 :                :      * Since NLOCKENTS is only an estimate, add 10% safety margin.
                               3773                 :                :      */
 7322                          3774                 :           1909 :     size = add_size(size, size / 10);
                               3775                 :                : 
10226 bruce@momjian.us         3776                 :           1909 :     return size;
                               3777                 :                : }
                               3778                 :                : 
                               3779                 :                : /*
                               3780                 :                :  * GetLockStatusData - Return a summary of the lock manager's internal
                               3781                 :                :  * status, for use in a user-level reporting function.
                               3782                 :                :  *
                               3783                 :                :  * The return data consists of an array of LockInstanceData objects,
                               3784                 :                :  * which are a lightly abstracted version of the PROCLOCK data structures,
                               3785                 :                :  * i.e. there is one entry for each unique lock and interested PGPROC.
                               3786                 :                :  * It is the caller's responsibility to match up related items (such as
                               3787                 :                :  * references to the same lockable object or PGPROC) if wanted.
                               3788                 :                :  *
                               3789                 :                :  * The design goal is to hold the LWLocks for as short a time as possible;
                               3790                 :                :  * thus, this function simply makes a copy of the necessary data and releases
                               3791                 :                :  * the locks, allowing the caller to contemplate and format the data for as
                               3792                 :                :  * long as it pleases.
                               3793                 :                :  */
                               3794                 :                : LockData *
 8407 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3795                 :            229 : GetLockStatusData(void)
                               3796                 :                : {
                               3797                 :                :     LockData   *data;
                               3798                 :                :     PROCLOCK   *proclock;
                               3799                 :                :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS seqstat;
                               3800                 :                :     int         els;
                               3801                 :                :     int         el;
                               3802                 :                :     int         i;
                               3803                 :                : 
                               3804                 :            229 :     data = (LockData *) palloc(sizeof(LockData));
                               3805                 :                : 
                               3806                 :                :     /* Guess how much space we'll need. */
 1243 rhaas@postgresql.org     3807                 :            229 :     els = MaxBackends;
 5215                          3808                 :            229 :     el = 0;
                               3809                 :            229 :     data->locks = (LockInstanceData *) palloc(sizeof(LockInstanceData) * els);
                               3810                 :                : 
                               3811                 :                :     /*
                               3812                 :                :      * First, we iterate through the per-backend fast-path arrays, locking
                               3813                 :                :      * them one at a time.  This might produce an inconsistent picture of the
                               3814                 :                :      * system state, but taking all of those LWLocks at the same time seems
                               3815                 :                :      * impractical (in particular, note MAX_SIMUL_LWLOCKS).  It shouldn't
                               3816                 :                :      * matter too much, because none of these locks can be involved in lock
                               3817                 :                :      * conflicts anyway - anything that might must be present in the main lock
                               3818                 :                :      * table.  (For the same reason, we don't sweat about making leaderPid
                               3819                 :                :      * completely valid.  We cannot safely dereference another backend's
                               3820                 :                :      * lockGroupLeader field without holding all lock partition locks, and
                               3821                 :                :      * it's not worth that.)
                               3822                 :                :      */
                               3823         [ +  + ]:          33168 :     for (i = 0; i < ProcGlobal->allProcCount; ++i)
                               3824                 :                :     {
                               3825                 :          32939 :         PGPROC     *proc = &ProcGlobal->allProcs[i];
                               3826                 :                : 
                               3827                 :                :         /* Skip backends with pid=0, as they don't hold fast-path locks */
  316 fujii@postgresql.org     3828         [ +  + ]:          32939 :         if (proc->pid == 0)
                               3829                 :          29288 :             continue;
                               3830                 :                : 
 1940 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3831                 :           3651 :         LWLockAcquire(&proc->fpInfoLock, LW_SHARED);
                               3832                 :                : 
  316 fujii@postgresql.org     3833         [ +  + ]:          18255 :         for (uint32 g = 0; g < FastPathLockGroupsPerBackend; g++)
                               3834                 :                :         {
                               3835                 :                :             /* Skip groups without registered fast-path locks */
                               3836         [ +  + ]:          14604 :             if (proc->fpLockBits[g] == 0)
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     3837                 :          11558 :                 continue;
                               3838                 :                : 
  316 fujii@postgresql.org     3839         [ +  + ]:          51782 :             for (int j = 0; j < FP_LOCK_SLOTS_PER_GROUP; j++)
                               3840                 :                :             {
                               3841                 :                :                 LockInstanceData *instance;
                               3842   [ -  +  -  + ]:          48736 :                 uint32      f = FAST_PATH_SLOT(g, j);
                               3843   [ -  +  -  + ]:          48736 :                 uint32      lockbits = FAST_PATH_GET_BITS(proc, f);
                               3844                 :                : 
                               3845                 :                :                 /* Skip unallocated slots */
                               3846         [ +  + ]:          48736 :                 if (!lockbits)
                               3847                 :          43321 :                     continue;
                               3848                 :                : 
                               3849         [ +  + ]:           5415 :                 if (el >= els)
                               3850                 :                :                 {
                               3851                 :             21 :                     els += MaxBackends;
                               3852                 :             21 :                     data->locks = (LockInstanceData *)
                               3853                 :             21 :                         repalloc(data->locks, sizeof(LockInstanceData) * els);
                               3854                 :                :                 }
                               3855                 :                : 
                               3856                 :           5415 :                 instance = &data->locks[el];
                               3857                 :           5415 :                 SET_LOCKTAG_RELATION(instance->locktag, proc->databaseId,
                               3858                 :                :                                      proc->fpRelId[f]);
                               3859                 :           5415 :                 instance->holdMask = lockbits << FAST_PATH_LOCKNUMBER_OFFSET;
                               3860                 :           5415 :                 instance->waitLockMode = NoLock;
                               3861                 :           5415 :                 instance->vxid.procNumber = proc->vxid.procNumber;
                               3862                 :           5415 :                 instance->vxid.localTransactionId = proc->vxid.lxid;
                               3863                 :           5415 :                 instance->pid = proc->pid;
                               3864                 :           5415 :                 instance->leaderPid = proc->pid;
                               3865                 :           5415 :                 instance->fastpath = true;
                               3866                 :                : 
                               3867                 :                :                 /*
                               3868                 :                :                  * Successfully taking fast path lock means there were no
                               3869                 :                :                  * conflicting locks.
                               3870                 :                :                  */
                               3871                 :           5415 :                 instance->waitStart = 0;
                               3872                 :                : 
                               3873                 :           5415 :                 el++;
                               3874                 :                :             }
                               3875                 :                :         }
                               3876                 :                : 
 5147 rhaas@postgresql.org     3877         [ +  + ]:           3651 :         if (proc->fpVXIDLock)
                               3878                 :                :         {
                               3879                 :                :             VirtualTransactionId vxid;
                               3880                 :                :             LockInstanceData *instance;
                               3881                 :                : 
                               3882         [ +  + ]:           1389 :             if (el >= els)
                               3883                 :                :             {
 1243                          3884                 :              6 :                 els += MaxBackends;
 5147                          3885                 :              6 :                 data->locks = (LockInstanceData *)
                               3886                 :              6 :                     repalloc(data->locks, sizeof(LockInstanceData) * els);
                               3887                 :                :             }
                               3888                 :                : 
  552 heikki.linnakangas@i     3889                 :           1389 :             vxid.procNumber = proc->vxid.procNumber;
 5147 rhaas@postgresql.org     3890                 :           1389 :             vxid.localTransactionId = proc->fpLocalTransactionId;
                               3891                 :                : 
                               3892                 :           1389 :             instance = &data->locks[el];
                               3893                 :           1389 :             SET_LOCKTAG_VIRTUALTRANSACTION(instance->locktag, vxid);
                               3894                 :           1389 :             instance->holdMask = LOCKBIT_ON(ExclusiveLock);
                               3895                 :           1389 :             instance->waitLockMode = NoLock;
  552 heikki.linnakangas@i     3896                 :           1389 :             instance->vxid.procNumber = proc->vxid.procNumber;
                               3897                 :           1389 :             instance->vxid.localTransactionId = proc->vxid.lxid;
 5147 rhaas@postgresql.org     3898                 :           1389 :             instance->pid = proc->pid;
 3484 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3899                 :           1389 :             instance->leaderPid = proc->pid;
 5147 rhaas@postgresql.org     3900                 :           1389 :             instance->fastpath = true;
 1664 fujii@postgresql.org     3901                 :           1389 :             instance->waitStart = 0;
                               3902                 :                : 
 5147 rhaas@postgresql.org     3903                 :           1389 :             el++;
                               3904                 :                :         }
                               3905                 :                : 
 1940 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3906                 :           3651 :         LWLockRelease(&proc->fpInfoLock);
                               3907                 :                :     }
                               3908                 :                : 
                               3909                 :                :     /*
                               3910                 :                :      * Next, acquire lock on the entire shared lock data structure.  We do
                               3911                 :                :      * this so that, at least for locks in the primary lock table, the state
                               3912                 :                :      * will be self-consistent.
                               3913                 :                :      *
                               3914                 :                :      * Since this is a read-only operation, we take shared instead of
                               3915                 :                :      * exclusive lock.  There's not a whole lot of point to this, because all
                               3916                 :                :      * the normal operations require exclusive lock, but it doesn't hurt
                               3917                 :                :      * anything either. It will at least allow two backends to do
                               3918                 :                :      * GetLockStatusData in parallel.
                               3919                 :                :      *
                               3920                 :                :      * Must grab LWLocks in partition-number order to avoid LWLock deadlock.
                               3921                 :                :      */
 7209                          3922         [ +  + ]:           3893 :     for (i = 0; i < NUM_LOCK_PARTITIONS; i++)
 4240 rhaas@postgresql.org     3923                 :           3664 :         LWLockAcquire(LockHashPartitionLockByIndex(i), LW_SHARED);
                               3924                 :                : 
                               3925                 :                :     /* Now we can safely count the number of proclocks */
 5215                          3926                 :            229 :     data->nelements = el + hash_get_num_entries(LockMethodProcLockHash);
                               3927         [ +  + ]:            229 :     if (data->nelements > els)
                               3928                 :                :     {
                               3929                 :             30 :         els = data->nelements;
                               3930                 :             30 :         data->locks = (LockInstanceData *)
                               3931                 :             30 :             repalloc(data->locks, sizeof(LockInstanceData) * els);
                               3932                 :                :     }
                               3933                 :                : 
                               3934                 :                :     /* Now scan the tables to copy the data */
 6985 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3935                 :            229 :     hash_seq_init(&seqstat, LockMethodProcLockHash);
                               3936                 :                : 
                               3937         [ +  + ]:           3389 :     while ((proclock = (PROCLOCK *) hash_seq_search(&seqstat)))
                               3938                 :                :     {
                               3939                 :           3160 :         PGPROC     *proc = proclock->tag.myProc;
                               3940                 :           3160 :         LOCK       *lock = proclock->tag.myLock;
 4836 bruce@momjian.us         3941                 :           3160 :         LockInstanceData *instance = &data->locks[el];
                               3942                 :                : 
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     3943                 :           3160 :         memcpy(&instance->locktag, &lock->tag, sizeof(LOCKTAG));
                               3944                 :           3160 :         instance->holdMask = proclock->holdMask;
                               3945         [ +  + ]:           3160 :         if (proc->waitLock == proclock->tag.myLock)
                               3946                 :              9 :             instance->waitLockMode = proc->waitLockMode;
                               3947                 :                :         else
                               3948                 :           3151 :             instance->waitLockMode = NoLock;
  552 heikki.linnakangas@i     3949                 :           3160 :         instance->vxid.procNumber = proc->vxid.procNumber;
                               3950                 :           3160 :         instance->vxid.localTransactionId = proc->vxid.lxid;
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     3951                 :           3160 :         instance->pid = proc->pid;
 3484 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3952                 :           3160 :         instance->leaderPid = proclock->groupLeader->pid;
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     3953                 :           3160 :         instance->fastpath = false;
 1664 fujii@postgresql.org     3954                 :           3160 :         instance->waitStart = (TimestampTz) pg_atomic_read_u64(&proc->waitStart);
                               3955                 :                : 
 6985 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3956                 :           3160 :         el++;
                               3957                 :                :     }
                               3958                 :                : 
                               3959                 :                :     /*
                               3960                 :                :      * And release locks.  We do this in reverse order for two reasons: (1)
                               3961                 :                :      * Anyone else who needs more than one of the locks will be trying to lock
                               3962                 :                :      * them in increasing order; we don't want to release the other process
                               3963                 :                :      * until it can get all the locks it needs. (2) This avoids O(N^2)
                               3964                 :                :      * behavior inside LWLockRelease.
                               3965                 :                :      */
 6912 bruce@momjian.us         3966         [ +  + ]:           3893 :     for (i = NUM_LOCK_PARTITIONS; --i >= 0;)
 4240 rhaas@postgresql.org     3967                 :           3664 :         LWLockRelease(LockHashPartitionLockByIndex(i));
                               3968                 :                : 
 7209 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3969         [ -  + ]:            229 :     Assert(el == data->nelements);
                               3970                 :                : 
 8407                          3971                 :            229 :     return data;
                               3972                 :                : }
                               3973                 :                : 
                               3974                 :                : /*
                               3975                 :                :  * GetBlockerStatusData - Return a summary of the lock manager's state
                               3976                 :                :  * concerning locks that are blocking the specified PID or any member of
                               3977                 :                :  * the PID's lock group, for use in a user-level reporting function.
                               3978                 :                :  *
                               3979                 :                :  * For each PID within the lock group that is awaiting some heavyweight lock,
                               3980                 :                :  * the return data includes an array of LockInstanceData objects, which are
                               3981                 :                :  * the same data structure used by GetLockStatusData; but unlike that function,
                               3982                 :                :  * this one reports only the PROCLOCKs associated with the lock that that PID
                               3983                 :                :  * is blocked on.  (Hence, all the locktags should be the same for any one
                               3984                 :                :  * blocked PID.)  In addition, we return an array of the PIDs of those backends
                               3985                 :                :  * that are ahead of the blocked PID in the lock's wait queue.  These can be
                               3986                 :                :  * compared with the PIDs in the LockInstanceData objects to determine which
                               3987                 :                :  * waiters are ahead of or behind the blocked PID in the queue.
                               3988                 :                :  *
                               3989                 :                :  * If blocked_pid isn't a valid backend PID or nothing in its lock group is
                               3990                 :                :  * waiting on any heavyweight lock, return empty arrays.
                               3991                 :                :  *
                               3992                 :                :  * The design goal is to hold the LWLocks for as short a time as possible;
                               3993                 :                :  * thus, this function simply makes a copy of the necessary data and releases
                               3994                 :                :  * the locks, allowing the caller to contemplate and format the data for as
                               3995                 :                :  * long as it pleases.
                               3996                 :                :  */
                               3997                 :                : BlockedProcsData *
 3484                          3998                 :           1920 : GetBlockerStatusData(int blocked_pid)
                               3999                 :                : {
                               4000                 :                :     BlockedProcsData *data;
                               4001                 :                :     PGPROC     *proc;
                               4002                 :                :     int         i;
                               4003                 :                : 
                               4004                 :           1920 :     data = (BlockedProcsData *) palloc(sizeof(BlockedProcsData));
                               4005                 :                : 
                               4006                 :                :     /*
                               4007                 :                :      * Guess how much space we'll need, and preallocate.  Most of the time
                               4008                 :                :      * this will avoid needing to do repalloc while holding the LWLocks.  (We
                               4009                 :                :      * assume, but check with an Assert, that MaxBackends is enough entries
                               4010                 :                :      * for the procs[] array; the other two could need enlargement, though.)
                               4011                 :                :      */
                               4012                 :           1920 :     data->nprocs = data->nlocks = data->npids = 0;
 1243 rhaas@postgresql.org     4013                 :           1920 :     data->maxprocs = data->maxlocks = data->maxpids = MaxBackends;
 3484 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4014                 :           1920 :     data->procs = (BlockedProcData *) palloc(sizeof(BlockedProcData) * data->maxprocs);
                               4015                 :           1920 :     data->locks = (LockInstanceData *) palloc(sizeof(LockInstanceData) * data->maxlocks);
                               4016                 :           1920 :     data->waiter_pids = (int *) palloc(sizeof(int) * data->maxpids);
                               4017                 :                : 
                               4018                 :                :     /*
                               4019                 :                :      * In order to search the ProcArray for blocked_pid and assume that that
                               4020                 :                :      * entry won't immediately disappear under us, we must hold ProcArrayLock.
                               4021                 :                :      * In addition, to examine the lock grouping fields of any other backend,
                               4022                 :                :      * we must hold all the hash partition locks.  (Only one of those locks is
                               4023                 :                :      * actually relevant for any one lock group, but we can't know which one
                               4024                 :                :      * ahead of time.)  It's fairly annoying to hold all those locks
                               4025                 :                :      * throughout this, but it's no worse than GetLockStatusData(), and it
                               4026                 :                :      * does have the advantage that we're guaranteed to return a
                               4027                 :                :      * self-consistent instantaneous state.
                               4028                 :                :      */
                               4029                 :           1920 :     LWLockAcquire(ProcArrayLock, LW_SHARED);
                               4030                 :                : 
                               4031                 :           1920 :     proc = BackendPidGetProcWithLock(blocked_pid);
                               4032                 :                : 
                               4033                 :                :     /* Nothing to do if it's gone */
                               4034         [ +  - ]:           1920 :     if (proc != NULL)
                               4035                 :                :     {
                               4036                 :                :         /*
                               4037                 :                :          * Acquire lock on the entire shared lock data structure.  See notes
                               4038                 :                :          * in GetLockStatusData().
                               4039                 :                :          */
                               4040         [ +  + ]:          32640 :         for (i = 0; i < NUM_LOCK_PARTITIONS; i++)
                               4041                 :          30720 :             LWLockAcquire(LockHashPartitionLockByIndex(i), LW_SHARED);
                               4042                 :                : 
                               4043         [ +  + ]:           1920 :         if (proc->lockGroupLeader == NULL)
                               4044                 :                :         {
                               4045                 :                :             /* Easy case, proc is not a lock group member */
                               4046                 :           1792 :             GetSingleProcBlockerStatusData(proc, data);
                               4047                 :                :         }
                               4048                 :                :         else
                               4049                 :                :         {
                               4050                 :                :             /* Examine all procs in proc's lock group */
                               4051                 :                :             dlist_iter  iter;
                               4052                 :                : 
                               4053   [ +  -  +  + ]:            293 :             dlist_foreach(iter, &proc->lockGroupLeader->lockGroupMembers)
                               4054                 :                :             {
                               4055                 :                :                 PGPROC     *memberProc;
                               4056                 :                : 
                               4057                 :            165 :                 memberProc = dlist_container(PGPROC, lockGroupLink, iter.cur);
                               4058                 :            165 :                 GetSingleProcBlockerStatusData(memberProc, data);
                               4059                 :                :             }
                               4060                 :                :         }
                               4061                 :                : 
                               4062                 :                :         /*
                               4063                 :                :          * And release locks.  See notes in GetLockStatusData().
                               4064                 :                :          */
                               4065         [ +  + ]:          32640 :         for (i = NUM_LOCK_PARTITIONS; --i >= 0;)
                               4066                 :          30720 :             LWLockRelease(LockHashPartitionLockByIndex(i));
                               4067                 :                : 
                               4068         [ -  + ]:           1920 :         Assert(data->nprocs <= data->maxprocs);
                               4069                 :                :     }
                               4070                 :                : 
                               4071                 :           1920 :     LWLockRelease(ProcArrayLock);
                               4072                 :                : 
                               4073                 :           1920 :     return data;
                               4074                 :                : }
                               4075                 :                : 
                               4076                 :                : /* Accumulate data about one possibly-blocked proc for GetBlockerStatusData */
                               4077                 :                : static void
                               4078                 :           1957 : GetSingleProcBlockerStatusData(PGPROC *blocked_proc, BlockedProcsData *data)
                               4079                 :                : {
                               4080                 :           1957 :     LOCK       *theLock = blocked_proc->waitLock;
                               4081                 :                :     BlockedProcData *bproc;
                               4082                 :                :     dlist_iter  proclock_iter;
                               4083                 :                :     dlist_iter  proc_iter;
                               4084                 :                :     dclist_head *waitQueue;
                               4085                 :                :     int         queue_size;
                               4086                 :                : 
                               4087                 :                :     /* Nothing to do if this proc is not blocked */
                               4088         [ +  + ]:           1957 :     if (theLock == NULL)
                               4089                 :            822 :         return;
                               4090                 :                : 
                               4091                 :                :     /* Set up a procs[] element */
                               4092                 :           1135 :     bproc = &data->procs[data->nprocs++];
                               4093                 :           1135 :     bproc->pid = blocked_proc->pid;
                               4094                 :           1135 :     bproc->first_lock = data->nlocks;
                               4095                 :           1135 :     bproc->first_waiter = data->npids;
                               4096                 :                : 
                               4097                 :                :     /*
                               4098                 :                :      * We may ignore the proc's fast-path arrays, since nothing in those could
                               4099                 :                :      * be related to a contended lock.
                               4100                 :                :      */
                               4101                 :                : 
                               4102                 :                :     /* Collect all PROCLOCKs associated with theLock */
  962 andres@anarazel.de       4103   [ +  -  +  + ]:           3455 :     dlist_foreach(proclock_iter, &theLock->procLocks)
                               4104                 :                :     {
                               4105                 :           2320 :         PROCLOCK   *proclock =
                               4106                 :           2320 :             dlist_container(PROCLOCK, lockLink, proclock_iter.cur);
 3484 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4107                 :           2320 :         PGPROC     *proc = proclock->tag.myProc;
                               4108                 :           2320 :         LOCK       *lock = proclock->tag.myLock;
                               4109                 :                :         LockInstanceData *instance;
                               4110                 :                : 
                               4111         [ -  + ]:           2320 :         if (data->nlocks >= data->maxlocks)
                               4112                 :                :         {
 1243 rhaas@postgresql.org     4113                 :UBC           0 :             data->maxlocks += MaxBackends;
 3484 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4114                 :              0 :             data->locks = (LockInstanceData *)
                               4115                 :              0 :                 repalloc(data->locks, sizeof(LockInstanceData) * data->maxlocks);
                               4116                 :                :         }
                               4117                 :                : 
 3484 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4118                 :CBC        2320 :         instance = &data->locks[data->nlocks];
                               4119                 :           2320 :         memcpy(&instance->locktag, &lock->tag, sizeof(LOCKTAG));
                               4120                 :           2320 :         instance->holdMask = proclock->holdMask;
                               4121         [ +  + ]:           2320 :         if (proc->waitLock == lock)
                               4122                 :           1180 :             instance->waitLockMode = proc->waitLockMode;
                               4123                 :                :         else
                               4124                 :           1140 :             instance->waitLockMode = NoLock;
  552 heikki.linnakangas@i     4125                 :           2320 :         instance->vxid.procNumber = proc->vxid.procNumber;
                               4126                 :           2320 :         instance->vxid.localTransactionId = proc->vxid.lxid;
 3484 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4127                 :           2320 :         instance->pid = proc->pid;
                               4128                 :           2320 :         instance->leaderPid = proclock->groupLeader->pid;
                               4129                 :           2320 :         instance->fastpath = false;
                               4130                 :           2320 :         data->nlocks++;
                               4131                 :                :     }
                               4132                 :                : 
                               4133                 :                :     /* Enlarge waiter_pids[] if it's too small to hold all wait queue PIDs */
                               4134                 :           1135 :     waitQueue = &(theLock->waitProcs);
  962 andres@anarazel.de       4135                 :           1135 :     queue_size = dclist_count(waitQueue);
                               4136                 :                : 
 3484 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4137         [ -  + ]:           1135 :     if (queue_size > data->maxpids - data->npids)
                               4138                 :                :     {
 1243 rhaas@postgresql.org     4139                 :UBC           0 :         data->maxpids = Max(data->maxpids + MaxBackends,
                               4140                 :                :                             data->npids + queue_size);
 3484 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4141                 :              0 :         data->waiter_pids = (int *) repalloc(data->waiter_pids,
                               4142                 :              0 :                                              sizeof(int) * data->maxpids);
                               4143                 :                :     }
                               4144                 :                : 
                               4145                 :                :     /* Collect PIDs from the lock's wait queue, stopping at blocked_proc */
  962 andres@anarazel.de       4146   [ +  -  +  - ]:CBC        1157 :     dclist_foreach(proc_iter, waitQueue)
                               4147                 :                :     {
                               4148                 :           1157 :         PGPROC     *queued_proc = dlist_container(PGPROC, links, proc_iter.cur);
                               4149                 :                : 
 1067 drowley@postgresql.o     4150         [ +  + ]:           1157 :         if (queued_proc == blocked_proc)
 3484 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4151                 :           1135 :             break;
 1067 drowley@postgresql.o     4152                 :             22 :         data->waiter_pids[data->npids++] = queued_proc->pid;
                               4153                 :             22 :         queued_proc = (PGPROC *) queued_proc->links.next;
                               4154                 :                :     }
                               4155                 :                : 
 3484 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4156                 :           1135 :     bproc->num_locks = data->nlocks - bproc->first_lock;
                               4157                 :           1135 :     bproc->num_waiters = data->npids - bproc->first_waiter;
                               4158                 :                : }
                               4159                 :                : 
                               4160                 :                : /*
                               4161                 :                :  * Returns a list of currently held AccessExclusiveLocks, for use by
                               4162                 :                :  * LogStandbySnapshot().  The result is a palloc'd array,
                               4163                 :                :  * with the number of elements returned into *nlocks.
                               4164                 :                :  *
                               4165                 :                :  * XXX This currently takes a lock on all partitions of the lock table,
                               4166                 :                :  * but it's possible to do better.  By reference counting locks and storing
                               4167                 :                :  * the value in the ProcArray entry for each backend we could tell if any
                               4168                 :                :  * locks need recording without having to acquire the partition locks and
                               4169                 :                :  * scan the lock table.  Whether that's worth the additional overhead
                               4170                 :                :  * is pretty dubious though.
                               4171                 :                :  */
                               4172                 :                : xl_standby_lock *
 5740 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     4173                 :           1339 : GetRunningTransactionLocks(int *nlocks)
                               4174                 :                : {
                               4175                 :                :     xl_standby_lock *accessExclusiveLocks;
                               4176                 :                :     PROCLOCK   *proclock;
                               4177                 :                :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS seqstat;
                               4178                 :                :     int         i;
                               4179                 :                :     int         index;
                               4180                 :                :     int         els;
                               4181                 :                : 
                               4182                 :                :     /*
                               4183                 :                :      * Acquire lock on the entire shared lock data structure.
                               4184                 :                :      *
                               4185                 :                :      * Must grab LWLocks in partition-number order to avoid LWLock deadlock.
                               4186                 :                :      */
                               4187         [ +  + ]:          22763 :     for (i = 0; i < NUM_LOCK_PARTITIONS; i++)
 4240 rhaas@postgresql.org     4188                 :          21424 :         LWLockAcquire(LockHashPartitionLockByIndex(i), LW_SHARED);
                               4189                 :                : 
                               4190                 :                :     /* Now we can safely count the number of proclocks */
 5740 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     4191                 :           1339 :     els = hash_get_num_entries(LockMethodProcLockHash);
                               4192                 :                : 
                               4193                 :                :     /*
                               4194                 :                :      * Allocating enough space for all locks in the lock table is overkill,
                               4195                 :                :      * but it's more convenient and faster than having to enlarge the array.
                               4196                 :                :      */
                               4197                 :           1339 :     accessExclusiveLocks = palloc(els * sizeof(xl_standby_lock));
                               4198                 :                : 
                               4199                 :                :     /* Now scan the tables to copy the data */
 4624 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4200                 :           1339 :     hash_seq_init(&seqstat, LockMethodProcLockHash);
                               4201                 :                : 
                               4202                 :                :     /*
                               4203                 :                :      * If lock is a currently granted AccessExclusiveLock then it will have
                               4204                 :                :      * just one proclock holder, so locks are never accessed twice in this
                               4205                 :                :      * particular case. Don't copy this code for use elsewhere because in the
                               4206                 :                :      * general case this will give you duplicate locks when looking at
                               4207                 :                :      * non-exclusive lock types.
                               4208                 :                :      */
 5740 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     4209                 :           1339 :     index = 0;
                               4210         [ +  + ]:           5900 :     while ((proclock = (PROCLOCK *) hash_seq_search(&seqstat)))
                               4211                 :                :     {
                               4212                 :                :         /* make sure this definition matches the one used in LockAcquire */
                               4213         [ +  + ]:           4561 :         if ((proclock->holdMask & LOCKBIT_ON(AccessExclusiveLock)) &&
                               4214         [ +  + ]:           2560 :             proclock->tag.myLock->tag.locktag_type == LOCKTAG_RELATION)
                               4215                 :                :         {
 5671 bruce@momjian.us         4216                 :           1493 :             PGPROC     *proc = proclock->tag.myProc;
                               4217                 :           1493 :             LOCK       *lock = proclock->tag.myLock;
 1849 andres@anarazel.de       4218                 :           1493 :             TransactionId xid = proc->xid;
                               4219                 :                : 
                               4220                 :                :             /*
                               4221                 :                :              * Don't record locks for transactions if we know they have
                               4222                 :                :              * already issued their WAL record for commit but not yet released
                               4223                 :                :              * lock. It is still possible that we see locks held by already
                               4224                 :                :              * complete transactions, if they haven't yet zeroed their xids.
                               4225                 :                :              */
 4975 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     4226         [ +  + ]:           1493 :             if (!TransactionIdIsValid(xid))
                               4227                 :              1 :                 continue;
                               4228                 :                : 
                               4229                 :           1492 :             accessExclusiveLocks[index].xid = xid;
 5671 bruce@momjian.us         4230                 :           1492 :             accessExclusiveLocks[index].dbOid = lock->tag.locktag_field1;
 5740 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     4231                 :           1492 :             accessExclusiveLocks[index].relOid = lock->tag.locktag_field2;
                               4232                 :                : 
                               4233                 :           1492 :             index++;
                               4234                 :                :         }
                               4235                 :                :     }
                               4236                 :                : 
 4477 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4237         [ -  + ]:           1339 :     Assert(index <= els);
                               4238                 :                : 
                               4239                 :                :     /*
                               4240                 :                :      * And release locks.  We do this in reverse order for two reasons: (1)
                               4241                 :                :      * Anyone else who needs more than one of the locks will be trying to lock
                               4242                 :                :      * them in increasing order; we don't want to release the other process
                               4243                 :                :      * until it can get all the locks it needs. (2) This avoids O(N^2)
                               4244                 :                :      * behavior inside LWLockRelease.
                               4245                 :                :      */
 5740 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     4246         [ +  + ]:          22763 :     for (i = NUM_LOCK_PARTITIONS; --i >= 0;)
 4240 rhaas@postgresql.org     4247                 :          21424 :         LWLockRelease(LockHashPartitionLockByIndex(i));
                               4248                 :                : 
 5740 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     4249                 :           1339 :     *nlocks = index;
                               4250                 :           1339 :     return accessExclusiveLocks;
                               4251                 :                : }
                               4252                 :                : 
                               4253                 :                : /* Provide the textual name of any lock mode */
                               4254                 :                : const char *
 7211 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4255                 :          10648 : GetLockmodeName(LOCKMETHODID lockmethodid, LOCKMODE mode)
                               4256                 :                : {
                               4257   [ +  -  -  + ]:          10648 :     Assert(lockmethodid > 0 && lockmethodid < lengthof(LockMethods));
                               4258   [ +  -  -  + ]:          10648 :     Assert(mode > 0 && mode <= LockMethods[lockmethodid]->numLockModes);
                               4259                 :          10648 :     return LockMethods[lockmethodid]->lockModeNames[mode];
                               4260                 :                : }
                               4261                 :                : 
                               4262                 :                : #ifdef LOCK_DEBUG
                               4263                 :                : /*
                               4264                 :                :  * Dump all locks in the given proc's myProcLocks lists.
                               4265                 :                :  *
                               4266                 :                :  * Caller is responsible for having acquired appropriate LWLocks.
                               4267                 :                :  */
                               4268                 :                : void
                               4269                 :                : DumpLocks(PGPROC *proc)
                               4270                 :                : {
                               4271                 :                :     int         i;
                               4272                 :                : 
                               4273                 :                :     if (proc == NULL)
                               4274                 :                :         return;
                               4275                 :                : 
                               4276                 :                :     if (proc->waitLock)
                               4277                 :                :         LOCK_PRINT("DumpLocks: waiting on", proc->waitLock, 0);
                               4278                 :                : 
                               4279                 :                :     for (i = 0; i < NUM_LOCK_PARTITIONS; i++)
                               4280                 :                :     {
                               4281                 :                :         dlist_head *procLocks = &proc->myProcLocks[i];
                               4282                 :                :         dlist_iter  iter;
                               4283                 :                : 
                               4284                 :                :         dlist_foreach(iter, procLocks)
                               4285                 :                :         {
                               4286                 :                :             PROCLOCK   *proclock = dlist_container(PROCLOCK, procLink, iter.cur);
                               4287                 :                :             LOCK       *lock = proclock->tag.myLock;
                               4288                 :                : 
                               4289                 :                :             Assert(proclock->tag.myProc == proc);
                               4290                 :                :             PROCLOCK_PRINT("DumpLocks", proclock);
                               4291                 :                :             LOCK_PRINT("DumpLocks", lock, 0);
                               4292                 :                :         }
                               4293                 :                :     }
                               4294                 :                : }
                               4295                 :                : 
                               4296                 :                : /*
                               4297                 :                :  * Dump all lmgr locks.
                               4298                 :                :  *
                               4299                 :                :  * Caller is responsible for having acquired appropriate LWLocks.
                               4300                 :                :  */
                               4301                 :                : void
                               4302                 :                : DumpAllLocks(void)
                               4303                 :                : {
                               4304                 :                :     PGPROC     *proc;
                               4305                 :                :     PROCLOCK   *proclock;
                               4306                 :                :     LOCK       *lock;
                               4307                 :                :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
                               4308                 :                : 
                               4309                 :                :     proc = MyProc;
                               4310                 :                : 
                               4311                 :                :     if (proc && proc->waitLock)
                               4312                 :                :         LOCK_PRINT("DumpAllLocks: waiting on", proc->waitLock, 0);
                               4313                 :                : 
                               4314                 :                :     hash_seq_init(&status, LockMethodProcLockHash);
                               4315                 :                : 
                               4316                 :                :     while ((proclock = (PROCLOCK *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
                               4317                 :                :     {
                               4318                 :                :         PROCLOCK_PRINT("DumpAllLocks", proclock);
                               4319                 :                : 
                               4320                 :                :         lock = proclock->tag.myLock;
                               4321                 :                :         if (lock)
                               4322                 :                :             LOCK_PRINT("DumpAllLocks", lock, 0);
                               4323                 :                :         else
                               4324                 :                :             elog(LOG, "DumpAllLocks: proclock->tag.myLock = NULL");
                               4325                 :                :     }
                               4326                 :                : }
                               4327                 :                : #endif                          /* LOCK_DEBUG */
                               4328                 :                : 
                               4329                 :                : /*
                               4330                 :                :  * LOCK 2PC resource manager's routines
                               4331                 :                :  */
                               4332                 :                : 
                               4333                 :                : /*
                               4334                 :                :  * Re-acquire a lock belonging to a transaction that was prepared.
                               4335                 :                :  *
                               4336                 :                :  * Because this function is run at db startup, re-acquiring the locks should
                               4337                 :                :  * never conflict with running transactions because there are none.  We
                               4338                 :                :  * assume that the lock state represented by the stored 2PC files is legal.
                               4339                 :                :  *
                               4340                 :                :  * When switching from Hot Standby mode to normal operation, the locks will
                               4341                 :                :  * be already held by the startup process. The locks are acquired for the new
                               4342                 :                :  * procs without checking for conflicts, so we don't get a conflict between the
                               4343                 :                :  * startup process and the dummy procs, even though we will momentarily have
                               4344                 :                :  * a situation where two procs are holding the same AccessExclusiveLock,
                               4345                 :                :  * which isn't normally possible because the conflict. If we're in standby
                               4346                 :                :  * mode, but a recovery snapshot hasn't been established yet, it's possible
                               4347                 :                :  * that some but not all of the locks are already held by the startup process.
                               4348                 :                :  *
                               4349                 :                :  * This approach is simple, but also a bit dangerous, because if there isn't
                               4350                 :                :  * enough shared memory to acquire the locks, an error will be thrown, which
                               4351                 :                :  * is promoted to FATAL and recovery will abort, bringing down postmaster.
                               4352                 :                :  * A safer approach would be to transfer the locks like we do in
                               4353                 :                :  * AtPrepare_Locks, but then again, in hot standby mode it's possible for
                               4354                 :                :  * read-only backends to use up all the shared lock memory anyway, so that
                               4355                 :                :  * replaying the WAL record that needs to acquire a lock will throw an error
                               4356                 :                :  * and PANIC anyway.
                               4357                 :                :  */
                               4358                 :                : void
   61 michael@paquier.xyz      4359                 :GNC          90 : lock_twophase_recover(FullTransactionId fxid, uint16 info,
                               4360                 :                :                       void *recdata, uint32 len)
                               4361                 :                : {
 7386 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4362                 :CBC          90 :     TwoPhaseLockRecord *rec = (TwoPhaseLockRecord *) recdata;
   61 michael@paquier.xyz      4363                 :GNC          90 :     PGPROC     *proc = TwoPhaseGetDummyProc(fxid, false);
                               4364                 :                :     LOCKTAG    *locktag;
                               4365                 :                :     LOCKMODE    lockmode;
                               4366                 :                :     LOCKMETHODID lockmethodid;
                               4367                 :                :     LOCK       *lock;
                               4368                 :                :     PROCLOCK   *proclock;
                               4369                 :                :     PROCLOCKTAG proclocktag;
                               4370                 :                :     bool        found;
                               4371                 :                :     uint32      hashcode;
                               4372                 :                :     uint32      proclock_hashcode;
                               4373                 :                :     int         partition;
                               4374                 :                :     LWLock     *partitionLock;
                               4375                 :                :     LockMethod  lockMethodTable;
                               4376                 :                : 
 7386 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4377         [ -  + ]:CBC          90 :     Assert(len == sizeof(TwoPhaseLockRecord));
                               4378                 :             90 :     locktag = &rec->locktag;
                               4379                 :             90 :     lockmode = rec->lockmode;
                               4380                 :             90 :     lockmethodid = locktag->locktag_lockmethodid;
                               4381                 :                : 
 7211                          4382   [ +  -  -  + ]:             90 :     if (lockmethodid <= 0 || lockmethodid >= lengthof(LockMethods))
 7386 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4383         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized lock method: %d", lockmethodid);
 7211 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4384                 :CBC          90 :     lockMethodTable = LockMethods[lockmethodid];
                               4385                 :                : 
 6985                          4386                 :             90 :     hashcode = LockTagHashCode(locktag);
                               4387                 :             90 :     partition = LockHashPartition(hashcode);
                               4388                 :             90 :     partitionLock = LockHashPartitionLock(hashcode);
                               4389                 :                : 
 7209                          4390                 :             90 :     LWLockAcquire(partitionLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                               4391                 :                : 
                               4392                 :                :     /*
                               4393                 :                :      * Find or create a lock with this tag.
                               4394                 :                :      */
 6985                          4395                 :             90 :     lock = (LOCK *) hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodLockHash,
                               4396                 :                :                                                 locktag,
                               4397                 :                :                                                 hashcode,
                               4398                 :                :                                                 HASH_ENTER_NULL,
                               4399                 :                :                                                 &found);
 7386                          4400         [ -  + ]:             90 :     if (!lock)
                               4401                 :                :     {
 7209 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4402                 :UBC           0 :         LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
 7386                          4403         [ #  # ]:              0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                               4404                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
                               4405                 :                :                  errmsg("out of shared memory"),
                               4406                 :                :                  errhint("You might need to increase \"%s\".", "max_locks_per_transaction")));
                               4407                 :                :     }
                               4408                 :                : 
                               4409                 :                :     /*
                               4410                 :                :      * if it's a new lock object, initialize it
                               4411                 :                :      */
 7386 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4412         [ +  + ]:CBC          90 :     if (!found)
                               4413                 :                :     {
                               4414                 :             78 :         lock->grantMask = 0;
                               4415                 :             78 :         lock->waitMask = 0;
  962 andres@anarazel.de       4416                 :             78 :         dlist_init(&lock->procLocks);
                               4417                 :             78 :         dclist_init(&lock->waitProcs);
 7386 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4418                 :             78 :         lock->nRequested = 0;
                               4419                 :             78 :         lock->nGranted = 0;
                               4420   [ +  -  +  -  :            468 :         MemSet(lock->requested, 0, sizeof(int) * MAX_LOCKMODES);
                                     +  -  +  -  +  
                                                 + ]
                               4421   [ -  +  -  -  :             78 :         MemSet(lock->granted, 0, sizeof(int) * MAX_LOCKMODES);
                                     -  -  -  -  -  
                                                 - ]
                               4422                 :                :         LOCK_PRINT("lock_twophase_recover: new", lock, lockmode);
                               4423                 :                :     }
                               4424                 :                :     else
                               4425                 :                :     {
                               4426                 :                :         LOCK_PRINT("lock_twophase_recover: found", lock, lockmode);
                               4427   [ +  -  -  + ]:             12 :         Assert((lock->nRequested >= 0) && (lock->requested[lockmode] >= 0));
                               4428   [ +  -  -  + ]:             12 :         Assert((lock->nGranted >= 0) && (lock->granted[lockmode] >= 0));
                               4429         [ -  + ]:             12 :         Assert(lock->nGranted <= lock->nRequested);
                               4430                 :                :     }
                               4431                 :                : 
                               4432                 :                :     /*
                               4433                 :                :      * Create the hash key for the proclock table.
                               4434                 :                :      */
 6985                          4435                 :             90 :     proclocktag.myLock = lock;
                               4436                 :             90 :     proclocktag.myProc = proc;
                               4437                 :                : 
                               4438                 :             90 :     proclock_hashcode = ProcLockHashCode(&proclocktag, hashcode);
                               4439                 :                : 
                               4440                 :                :     /*
                               4441                 :                :      * Find or create a proclock entry with this tag
                               4442                 :                :      */
                               4443                 :             90 :     proclock = (PROCLOCK *) hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodProcLockHash,
                               4444                 :                :                                                         &proclocktag,
                               4445                 :                :                                                         proclock_hashcode,
                               4446                 :                :                                                         HASH_ENTER_NULL,
                               4447                 :                :                                                         &found);
 7386                          4448         [ -  + ]:             90 :     if (!proclock)
                               4449                 :                :     {
                               4450                 :                :         /* Oops, not enough shmem for the proclock */
 7386 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4451         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         if (lock->nRequested == 0)
                               4452                 :                :         {
                               4453                 :                :             /*
                               4454                 :                :              * There are no other requestors of this lock, so garbage-collect
                               4455                 :                :              * the lock object.  We *must* do this to avoid a permanent leak
                               4456                 :                :              * of shared memory, because there won't be anything to cause
                               4457                 :                :              * anyone to release the lock object later.
                               4458                 :                :              */
  962 andres@anarazel.de       4459         [ #  # ]:              0 :             Assert(dlist_is_empty(&lock->procLocks));
 6985 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4460         [ #  # ]:              0 :             if (!hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodLockHash,
  943 peter@eisentraut.org     4461                 :              0 :                                              &(lock->tag),
                               4462                 :                :                                              hashcode,
                               4463                 :                :                                              HASH_REMOVE,
                               4464                 :                :                                              NULL))
 7386 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4465         [ #  # ]:              0 :                 elog(PANIC, "lock table corrupted");
                               4466                 :                :         }
 7209                          4467                 :              0 :         LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
 7386                          4468         [ #  # ]:              0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                               4469                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
                               4470                 :                :                  errmsg("out of shared memory"),
                               4471                 :                :                  errhint("You might need to increase \"%s\".", "max_locks_per_transaction")));
                               4472                 :                :     }
                               4473                 :                : 
                               4474                 :                :     /*
                               4475                 :                :      * If new, initialize the new entry
                               4476                 :                :      */
 7386 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4477         [ +  + ]:CBC          90 :     if (!found)
                               4478                 :                :     {
 3499 rhaas@postgresql.org     4479         [ -  + ]:             82 :         Assert(proc->lockGroupLeader == NULL);
                               4480                 :             82 :         proclock->groupLeader = proc;
 7386 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4481                 :             82 :         proclock->holdMask = 0;
                               4482                 :             82 :         proclock->releaseMask = 0;
                               4483                 :                :         /* Add proclock to appropriate lists */
  962 andres@anarazel.de       4484                 :             82 :         dlist_push_tail(&lock->procLocks, &proclock->lockLink);
                               4485                 :             82 :         dlist_push_tail(&proc->myProcLocks[partition],
                               4486                 :                :                         &proclock->procLink);
                               4487                 :                :         PROCLOCK_PRINT("lock_twophase_recover: new", proclock);
                               4488                 :                :     }
                               4489                 :                :     else
                               4490                 :                :     {
                               4491                 :                :         PROCLOCK_PRINT("lock_twophase_recover: found", proclock);
 7386 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4492         [ -  + ]:              8 :         Assert((proclock->holdMask & ~lock->grantMask) == 0);
                               4493                 :                :     }
                               4494                 :                : 
                               4495                 :                :     /*
                               4496                 :                :      * lock->nRequested and lock->requested[] count the total number of
                               4497                 :                :      * requests, whether granted or waiting, so increment those immediately.
                               4498                 :                :      */
                               4499                 :             90 :     lock->nRequested++;
                               4500                 :             90 :     lock->requested[lockmode]++;
                               4501   [ +  -  -  + ]:             90 :     Assert((lock->nRequested > 0) && (lock->requested[lockmode] > 0));
                               4502                 :                : 
                               4503                 :                :     /*
                               4504                 :                :      * We shouldn't already hold the desired lock.
                               4505                 :                :      */
                               4506         [ -  + ]:             90 :     if (proclock->holdMask & LOCKBIT_ON(lockmode))
 7386 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4507         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "lock %s on object %u/%u/%u is already held",
                               4508                 :                :              lockMethodTable->lockModeNames[lockmode],
                               4509                 :                :              lock->tag.locktag_field1, lock->tag.locktag_field2,
                               4510                 :                :              lock->tag.locktag_field3);
                               4511                 :                : 
                               4512                 :                :     /*
                               4513                 :                :      * We ignore any possible conflicts and just grant ourselves the lock. Not
                               4514                 :                :      * only because we don't bother, but also to avoid deadlocks when
                               4515                 :                :      * switching from standby to normal mode. See function comment.
                               4516                 :                :      */
 7386 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4517                 :CBC          90 :     GrantLock(lock, proclock, lockmode);
                               4518                 :                : 
                               4519                 :                :     /*
                               4520                 :                :      * Bump strong lock count, to make sure any fast-path lock requests won't
                               4521                 :                :      * be granted without consulting the primary lock table.
                               4522                 :                :      */
 4847 rhaas@postgresql.org     4523   [ +  -  +  +  :             90 :     if (ConflictsWithRelationFastPath(&lock->tag, lockmode))
                                        +  -  +  + ]
                               4524                 :                :     {
 4836 bruce@momjian.us         4525                 :             18 :         uint32      fasthashcode = FastPathStrongLockHashPartition(hashcode);
                               4526                 :                : 
 5163 rhaas@postgresql.org     4527         [ -  + ]:             18 :         SpinLockAcquire(&FastPathStrongRelationLocks->mutex);
                               4528                 :             18 :         FastPathStrongRelationLocks->count[fasthashcode]++;
                               4529                 :             18 :         SpinLockRelease(&FastPathStrongRelationLocks->mutex);
                               4530                 :                :     }
                               4531                 :                : 
 7209 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4532                 :             90 :     LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
 7386                          4533                 :             90 : }
                               4534                 :                : 
                               4535                 :                : /*
                               4536                 :                :  * Re-acquire a lock belonging to a transaction that was prepared, when
                               4537                 :                :  * starting up into hot standby mode.
                               4538                 :                :  */
                               4539                 :                : void
   61 michael@paquier.xyz      4540                 :UNC           0 : lock_twophase_standby_recover(FullTransactionId fxid, uint16 info,
                               4541                 :                :                               void *recdata, uint32 len)
                               4542                 :                : {
 5740 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     4543                 :UBC           0 :     TwoPhaseLockRecord *rec = (TwoPhaseLockRecord *) recdata;
                               4544                 :                :     LOCKTAG    *locktag;
                               4545                 :                :     LOCKMODE    lockmode;
                               4546                 :                :     LOCKMETHODID lockmethodid;
                               4547                 :                : 
                               4548         [ #  # ]:              0 :     Assert(len == sizeof(TwoPhaseLockRecord));
                               4549                 :              0 :     locktag = &rec->locktag;
                               4550                 :              0 :     lockmode = rec->lockmode;
                               4551                 :              0 :     lockmethodid = locktag->locktag_lockmethodid;
                               4552                 :                : 
                               4553   [ #  #  #  # ]:              0 :     if (lockmethodid <= 0 || lockmethodid >= lengthof(LockMethods))
                               4554         [ #  # ]:              0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized lock method: %d", lockmethodid);
                               4555                 :                : 
                               4556         [ #  # ]:              0 :     if (lockmode == AccessExclusiveLock &&
                               4557         [ #  # ]:              0 :         locktag->locktag_type == LOCKTAG_RELATION)
                               4558                 :                :     {
   61 michael@paquier.xyz      4559                 :UNC           0 :         StandbyAcquireAccessExclusiveLock(XidFromFullTransactionId(fxid),
                               4560                 :                :                                           locktag->locktag_field1 /* dboid */ ,
                               4561                 :                :                                           locktag->locktag_field2 /* reloid */ );
                               4562                 :                :     }
 5740 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     4563                 :UBC           0 : }
                               4564                 :                : 
                               4565                 :                : 
                               4566                 :                : /*
                               4567                 :                :  * 2PC processing routine for COMMIT PREPARED case.
                               4568                 :                :  *
                               4569                 :                :  * Find and release the lock indicated by the 2PC record.
                               4570                 :                :  */
                               4571                 :                : void
   61 michael@paquier.xyz      4572                 :GNC         715 : lock_twophase_postcommit(FullTransactionId fxid, uint16 info,
                               4573                 :                :                          void *recdata, uint32 len)
                               4574                 :                : {
 7386 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4575                 :CBC         715 :     TwoPhaseLockRecord *rec = (TwoPhaseLockRecord *) recdata;
   61 michael@paquier.xyz      4576                 :GNC         715 :     PGPROC     *proc = TwoPhaseGetDummyProc(fxid, true);
                               4577                 :                :     LOCKTAG    *locktag;
                               4578                 :                :     LOCKMETHODID lockmethodid;
                               4579                 :                :     LockMethod  lockMethodTable;
                               4580                 :                : 
 7386 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4581         [ -  + ]:CBC         715 :     Assert(len == sizeof(TwoPhaseLockRecord));
                               4582                 :            715 :     locktag = &rec->locktag;
                               4583                 :            715 :     lockmethodid = locktag->locktag_lockmethodid;
                               4584                 :                : 
 7211                          4585   [ +  -  -  + ]:            715 :     if (lockmethodid <= 0 || lockmethodid >= lengthof(LockMethods))
 7386 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4586         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized lock method: %d", lockmethodid);
 7211 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4587                 :CBC         715 :     lockMethodTable = LockMethods[lockmethodid];
                               4588                 :                : 
 5215 rhaas@postgresql.org     4589                 :            715 :     LockRefindAndRelease(lockMethodTable, proc, locktag, rec->lockmode, true);
 7386 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4590                 :            715 : }
                               4591                 :                : 
                               4592                 :                : /*
                               4593                 :                :  * 2PC processing routine for ROLLBACK PREPARED case.
                               4594                 :                :  *
                               4595                 :                :  * This is actually just the same as the COMMIT case.
                               4596                 :                :  */
                               4597                 :                : void
   61 michael@paquier.xyz      4598                 :GNC         126 : lock_twophase_postabort(FullTransactionId fxid, uint16 info,
                               4599                 :                :                         void *recdata, uint32 len)
                               4600                 :                : {
                               4601                 :            126 :     lock_twophase_postcommit(fxid, info, recdata, len);
 7386 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4602                 :CBC         126 : }
                               4603                 :                : 
                               4604                 :                : /*
                               4605                 :                :  *      VirtualXactLockTableInsert
                               4606                 :                :  *
                               4607                 :                :  *      Take vxid lock via the fast-path.  There can't be any pre-existing
                               4608                 :                :  *      lockers, as we haven't advertised this vxid via the ProcArray yet.
                               4609                 :                :  *
                               4610                 :                :  *      Since MyProc->fpLocalTransactionId will normally contain the same data
                               4611                 :                :  *      as MyProc->vxid.lxid, you might wonder if we really need both.  The
                               4612                 :                :  *      difference is that MyProc->vxid.lxid is set and cleared unlocked, and
                               4613                 :                :  *      examined by procarray.c, while fpLocalTransactionId is protected by
                               4614                 :                :  *      fpInfoLock and is used only by the locking subsystem.  Doing it this
                               4615                 :                :  *      way makes it easier to verify that there are no funny race conditions.
                               4616                 :                :  *
                               4617                 :                :  *      We don't bother recording this lock in the local lock table, since it's
                               4618                 :                :  *      only ever released at the end of a transaction.  Instead,
                               4619                 :                :  *      LockReleaseAll() calls VirtualXactLockTableCleanup().
                               4620                 :                :  */
                               4621                 :                : void
 5147 rhaas@postgresql.org     4622                 :         318712 : VirtualXactLockTableInsert(VirtualTransactionId vxid)
                               4623                 :                : {
                               4624         [ -  + ]:         318712 :     Assert(VirtualTransactionIdIsValid(vxid));
                               4625                 :                : 
 1940 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4626                 :         318712 :     LWLockAcquire(&MyProc->fpInfoLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                               4627                 :                : 
  552 heikki.linnakangas@i     4628         [ -  + ]:         318712 :     Assert(MyProc->vxid.procNumber == vxid.procNumber);
 5147 rhaas@postgresql.org     4629         [ -  + ]:         318712 :     Assert(MyProc->fpLocalTransactionId == InvalidLocalTransactionId);
                               4630         [ -  + ]:         318712 :     Assert(MyProc->fpVXIDLock == false);
                               4631                 :                : 
                               4632                 :         318712 :     MyProc->fpVXIDLock = true;
                               4633                 :         318712 :     MyProc->fpLocalTransactionId = vxid.localTransactionId;
                               4634                 :                : 
 1940 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4635                 :         318712 :     LWLockRelease(&MyProc->fpInfoLock);
 5147 rhaas@postgresql.org     4636                 :         318712 : }
                               4637                 :                : 
                               4638                 :                : /*
                               4639                 :                :  *      VirtualXactLockTableCleanup
                               4640                 :                :  *
                               4641                 :                :  *      Check whether a VXID lock has been materialized; if so, release it,
                               4642                 :                :  *      unblocking waiters.
                               4643                 :                :  */
                               4644                 :                : void
 4300 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4645                 :         319177 : VirtualXactLockTableCleanup(void)
                               4646                 :                : {
                               4647                 :                :     bool        fastpath;
                               4648                 :                :     LocalTransactionId lxid;
                               4649                 :                : 
  552 heikki.linnakangas@i     4650         [ -  + ]:         319177 :     Assert(MyProc->vxid.procNumber != INVALID_PROC_NUMBER);
                               4651                 :                : 
                               4652                 :                :     /*
                               4653                 :                :      * Clean up shared memory state.
                               4654                 :                :      */
 1940 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4655                 :         319177 :     LWLockAcquire(&MyProc->fpInfoLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                               4656                 :                : 
 5147 rhaas@postgresql.org     4657                 :         319177 :     fastpath = MyProc->fpVXIDLock;
                               4658                 :         319177 :     lxid = MyProc->fpLocalTransactionId;
                               4659                 :         319177 :     MyProc->fpVXIDLock = false;
                               4660                 :         319177 :     MyProc->fpLocalTransactionId = InvalidLocalTransactionId;
                               4661                 :                : 
 1940 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4662                 :         319177 :     LWLockRelease(&MyProc->fpInfoLock);
                               4663                 :                : 
                               4664                 :                :     /*
                               4665                 :                :      * If fpVXIDLock has been cleared without touching fpLocalTransactionId,
                               4666                 :                :      * that means someone transferred the lock to the main lock table.
                               4667                 :                :      */
 5147 rhaas@postgresql.org     4668   [ +  +  +  + ]:         319177 :     if (!fastpath && LocalTransactionIdIsValid(lxid))
                               4669                 :                :     {
                               4670                 :                :         VirtualTransactionId vxid;
                               4671                 :                :         LOCKTAG     locktag;
                               4672                 :                : 
  552 heikki.linnakangas@i     4673                 :            251 :         vxid.procNumber = MyProcNumber;
 5147 rhaas@postgresql.org     4674                 :            251 :         vxid.localTransactionId = lxid;
                               4675                 :            251 :         SET_LOCKTAG_VIRTUALTRANSACTION(locktag, vxid);
                               4676                 :                : 
                               4677                 :            251 :         LockRefindAndRelease(LockMethods[DEFAULT_LOCKMETHOD], MyProc,
                               4678                 :                :                              &locktag, ExclusiveLock, false);
                               4679                 :                :     }
                               4680                 :         319177 : }
                               4681                 :                : 
                               4682                 :                : /*
                               4683                 :                :  *      XactLockForVirtualXact
                               4684                 :                :  *
                               4685                 :                :  * If TransactionIdIsValid(xid), this is essentially XactLockTableWait(xid,
                               4686                 :                :  * NULL, NULL, XLTW_None) or ConditionalXactLockTableWait(xid).  Unlike those
                               4687                 :                :  * functions, it assumes "xid" is never a subtransaction and that "xid" is
                               4688                 :                :  * prepared, committed, or aborted.
                               4689                 :                :  *
                               4690                 :                :  * If !TransactionIdIsValid(xid), this locks every prepared XID having been
                               4691                 :                :  * known as "vxid" before its PREPARE TRANSACTION.
                               4692                 :                :  */
                               4693                 :                : static bool
 1414 noah@leadboat.com        4694                 :            274 : XactLockForVirtualXact(VirtualTransactionId vxid,
                               4695                 :                :                        TransactionId xid, bool wait)
                               4696                 :                : {
                               4697                 :            274 :     bool        more = false;
                               4698                 :                : 
                               4699                 :                :     /* There is no point to wait for 2PCs if you have no 2PCs. */
                               4700         [ +  + ]:            274 :     if (max_prepared_xacts == 0)
                               4701                 :             92 :         return true;
                               4702                 :                : 
                               4703                 :                :     do
                               4704                 :                :     {
                               4705                 :                :         LockAcquireResult lar;
                               4706                 :                :         LOCKTAG     tag;
                               4707                 :                : 
                               4708                 :                :         /* Clear state from previous iterations. */
                               4709         [ -  + ]:            182 :         if (more)
                               4710                 :                :         {
 1414 noah@leadboat.com        4711                 :UBC           0 :             xid = InvalidTransactionId;
                               4712                 :              0 :             more = false;
                               4713                 :                :         }
                               4714                 :                : 
                               4715                 :                :         /* If we have no xid, try to find one. */
 1414 noah@leadboat.com        4716         [ +  + ]:CBC         182 :         if (!TransactionIdIsValid(xid))
                               4717                 :             81 :             xid = TwoPhaseGetXidByVirtualXID(vxid, &more);
                               4718         [ +  + ]:            182 :         if (!TransactionIdIsValid(xid))
                               4719                 :                :         {
                               4720         [ -  + ]:             75 :             Assert(!more);
                               4721                 :             75 :             return true;
                               4722                 :                :         }
                               4723                 :                : 
                               4724                 :                :         /* Check or wait for XID completion. */
                               4725                 :            107 :         SET_LOCKTAG_TRANSACTION(tag, xid);
                               4726                 :            107 :         lar = LockAcquire(&tag, ShareLock, false, !wait);
                               4727         [ -  + ]:            107 :         if (lar == LOCKACQUIRE_NOT_AVAIL)
 1414 noah@leadboat.com        4728                 :UBC           0 :             return false;
 1414 noah@leadboat.com        4729                 :CBC         107 :         LockRelease(&tag, ShareLock, false);
                               4730         [ -  + ]:            107 :     } while (more);
                               4731                 :                : 
                               4732                 :            107 :     return true;
                               4733                 :                : }
                               4734                 :                : 
                               4735                 :                : /*
                               4736                 :                :  *      VirtualXactLock
                               4737                 :                :  *
                               4738                 :                :  * If wait = true, wait as long as the given VXID or any XID acquired by the
                               4739                 :                :  * same transaction is still running.  Then, return true.
                               4740                 :                :  *
                               4741                 :                :  * If wait = false, just check whether that VXID or one of those XIDs is still
                               4742                 :                :  * running, and return true or false.
                               4743                 :                :  */
                               4744                 :                : bool
 5147 rhaas@postgresql.org     4745                 :            314 : VirtualXactLock(VirtualTransactionId vxid, bool wait)
                               4746                 :                : {
                               4747                 :                :     LOCKTAG     tag;
                               4748                 :                :     PGPROC     *proc;
 1414 noah@leadboat.com        4749                 :            314 :     TransactionId xid = InvalidTransactionId;
                               4750                 :                : 
 5147 rhaas@postgresql.org     4751         [ -  + ]:            314 :     Assert(VirtualTransactionIdIsValid(vxid));
                               4752                 :                : 
 1414 noah@leadboat.com        4753         [ +  + ]:            314 :     if (VirtualTransactionIdIsRecoveredPreparedXact(vxid))
                               4754                 :                :         /* no vxid lock; localTransactionId is a normal, locked XID */
                               4755                 :              1 :         return XactLockForVirtualXact(vxid, vxid.localTransactionId, wait);
                               4756                 :                : 
 5147 rhaas@postgresql.org     4757                 :            313 :     SET_LOCKTAG_VIRTUALTRANSACTION(tag, vxid);
                               4758                 :                : 
                               4759                 :                :     /*
                               4760                 :                :      * If a lock table entry must be made, this is the PGPROC on whose behalf
                               4761                 :                :      * it must be done.  Note that the transaction might end or the PGPROC
                               4762                 :                :      * might be reassigned to a new backend before we get around to examining
                               4763                 :                :      * it, but it doesn't matter.  If we find upon examination that the
                               4764                 :                :      * relevant lxid is no longer running here, that's enough to prove that
                               4765                 :                :      * it's no longer running anywhere.
                               4766                 :                :      */
  552 heikki.linnakangas@i     4767                 :            313 :     proc = ProcNumberGetProc(vxid.procNumber);
 5079 rhaas@postgresql.org     4768         [ +  + ]:            313 :     if (proc == NULL)
 1414 noah@leadboat.com        4769                 :              4 :         return XactLockForVirtualXact(vxid, InvalidTransactionId, wait);
                               4770                 :                : 
                               4771                 :                :     /*
                               4772                 :                :      * We must acquire this lock before checking the procNumber and lxid
                               4773                 :                :      * against the ones we're waiting for.  The target backend will only set
                               4774                 :                :      * or clear lxid while holding this lock.
                               4775                 :                :      */
 1940 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4776                 :            309 :     LWLockAcquire(&proc->fpInfoLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                               4777                 :                : 
  552 heikki.linnakangas@i     4778         [ +  - ]:            309 :     if (proc->vxid.procNumber != vxid.procNumber
 5147 rhaas@postgresql.org     4779         [ +  + ]:            309 :         || proc->fpLocalTransactionId != vxid.localTransactionId)
                               4780                 :                :     {
                               4781                 :                :         /* VXID ended */
 1940 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4782                 :             39 :         LWLockRelease(&proc->fpInfoLock);
 1414 noah@leadboat.com        4783                 :             39 :         return XactLockForVirtualXact(vxid, InvalidTransactionId, wait);
                               4784                 :                :     }
                               4785                 :                : 
                               4786                 :                :     /*
                               4787                 :                :      * If we aren't asked to wait, there's no need to set up a lock table
                               4788                 :                :      * entry.  The transaction is still in progress, so just return false.
                               4789                 :                :      */
 5147 rhaas@postgresql.org     4790         [ +  + ]:            270 :     if (!wait)
                               4791                 :                :     {
 1940 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4792                 :             15 :         LWLockRelease(&proc->fpInfoLock);
 5147 rhaas@postgresql.org     4793                 :             15 :         return false;
                               4794                 :                :     }
                               4795                 :                : 
                               4796                 :                :     /*
                               4797                 :                :      * OK, we're going to need to sleep on the VXID.  But first, we must set
                               4798                 :                :      * up the primary lock table entry, if needed (ie, convert the proc's
                               4799                 :                :      * fast-path lock on its VXID to a regular lock).
                               4800                 :                :      */
                               4801         [ +  + ]:            255 :     if (proc->fpVXIDLock)
                               4802                 :                :     {
                               4803                 :                :         PROCLOCK   *proclock;
                               4804                 :                :         uint32      hashcode;
                               4805                 :                :         LWLock     *partitionLock;
                               4806                 :                : 
                               4807                 :            251 :         hashcode = LockTagHashCode(&tag);
                               4808                 :                : 
 4624 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4809                 :            251 :         partitionLock = LockHashPartitionLock(hashcode);
                               4810                 :            251 :         LWLockAcquire(partitionLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                               4811                 :                : 
 5147 rhaas@postgresql.org     4812                 :            251 :         proclock = SetupLockInTable(LockMethods[DEFAULT_LOCKMETHOD], proc,
                               4813                 :                :                                     &tag, hashcode, ExclusiveLock);
                               4814         [ -  + ]:            251 :         if (!proclock)
                               4815                 :                :         {
 4624 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4816                 :UBC           0 :             LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
 1940                          4817                 :              0 :             LWLockRelease(&proc->fpInfoLock);
 5147 rhaas@postgresql.org     4818         [ #  # ]:              0 :             ereport(ERROR,
                               4819                 :                :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
                               4820                 :                :                      errmsg("out of shared memory"),
                               4821                 :                :                      errhint("You might need to increase \"%s\".", "max_locks_per_transaction")));
                               4822                 :                :         }
 5147 rhaas@postgresql.org     4823                 :CBC         251 :         GrantLock(proclock->tag.myLock, proclock, ExclusiveLock);
                               4824                 :                : 
 4624 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4825                 :            251 :         LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                               4826                 :                : 
 5147 rhaas@postgresql.org     4827                 :            251 :         proc->fpVXIDLock = false;
                               4828                 :                :     }
                               4829                 :                : 
                               4830                 :                :     /*
                               4831                 :                :      * If the proc has an XID now, we'll avoid a TwoPhaseGetXidByVirtualXID()
                               4832                 :                :      * search.  The proc might have assigned this XID but not yet locked it,
                               4833                 :                :      * in which case the proc will lock this XID before releasing the VXID.
                               4834                 :                :      * The fpInfoLock critical section excludes VirtualXactLockTableCleanup(),
                               4835                 :                :      * so we won't save an XID of a different VXID.  It doesn't matter whether
                               4836                 :                :      * we save this before or after setting up the primary lock table entry.
                               4837                 :                :      */
 1414 noah@leadboat.com        4838                 :            255 :     xid = proc->xid;
                               4839                 :                : 
                               4840                 :                :     /* Done with proc->fpLockBits */
 1940 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4841                 :            255 :     LWLockRelease(&proc->fpInfoLock);
                               4842                 :                : 
                               4843                 :                :     /* Time to wait. */
 5147 rhaas@postgresql.org     4844                 :            255 :     (void) LockAcquire(&tag, ShareLock, false, false);
                               4845                 :                : 
                               4846                 :            230 :     LockRelease(&tag, ShareLock, false);
 1414 noah@leadboat.com        4847                 :            230 :     return XactLockForVirtualXact(vxid, xid, wait);
                               4848                 :                : }
                               4849                 :                : 
                               4850                 :                : /*
                               4851                 :                :  * LockWaiterCount
                               4852                 :                :  *
                               4853                 :                :  * Find the number of lock requester on this locktag
                               4854                 :                :  */
                               4855                 :                : int
 3438 rhaas@postgresql.org     4856                 :          63632 : LockWaiterCount(const LOCKTAG *locktag)
                               4857                 :                : {
                               4858                 :          63632 :     LOCKMETHODID lockmethodid = locktag->locktag_lockmethodid;
                               4859                 :                :     LOCK       *lock;
                               4860                 :                :     bool        found;
                               4861                 :                :     uint32      hashcode;
                               4862                 :                :     LWLock     *partitionLock;
                               4863                 :          63632 :     int         waiters = 0;
                               4864                 :                : 
                               4865   [ +  -  -  + ]:          63632 :     if (lockmethodid <= 0 || lockmethodid >= lengthof(LockMethods))
 3438 rhaas@postgresql.org     4866         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized lock method: %d", lockmethodid);
                               4867                 :                : 
 3438 rhaas@postgresql.org     4868                 :CBC       63632 :     hashcode = LockTagHashCode(locktag);
                               4869                 :          63632 :     partitionLock = LockHashPartitionLock(hashcode);
                               4870                 :          63632 :     LWLockAcquire(partitionLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                               4871                 :                : 
                               4872                 :          63632 :     lock = (LOCK *) hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodLockHash,
                               4873                 :                :                                                 locktag,
                               4874                 :                :                                                 hashcode,
                               4875                 :                :                                                 HASH_FIND,
                               4876                 :                :                                                 &found);
                               4877         [ +  + ]:          63632 :     if (found)
                               4878                 :                :     {
                               4879         [ -  + ]:             15 :         Assert(lock != NULL);
                               4880                 :             15 :         waiters = lock->nRequested;
                               4881                 :                :     }
                               4882                 :          63632 :     LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                               4883                 :                : 
                               4884                 :          63632 :     return waiters;
                               4885                 :                : }
        

Generated by: LCOV version 2.4-beta